巴利语辭典

诸大德合编

Vepakka: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vipakka] ripening, ripeness, maturity. ‹-› (adj.) yielding fruit, resulting in (-°) A.I,223 (kāmadhātu° kamma); III,416 (sammoha° dukkha); Sn.537 (dukkha° kamma). (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vepulla: {'def': '【中】 Vepullatā, 【阴】完全发展，丰富。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vipula] full development, abundance, plenty, fullness D.III,70, 221, 285; S.III,53; A.I,94 (āmisa°, dhamma°); III,8, 404; V,152 sq., 350 sq.; Miln.33, 251; Vism.212 (saddhā°, sati°, paññā°, puñña°), 619; DhA.I,262 (sati°); VbhA.290. -- Often in phrase vuḍḍhi virūḷhi vepulla (see vuḍḍhi), e. g. Vin.I,60; It.113. Cp. vetulla. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】vepullatā,【阴】完全发展，丰富。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vepullatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. formation fr. vepulla]=vepulla; A.II,144 (rāga°, dosa°, moha°); Ap 26, 39; Miln.252. As vepullataṁ (nt.) at A.III,432. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vepurisikā: {'def': '(f.) [vi+purisa+aka] a woman resembling a man (sexually), a man-like woman, androgyn Vin.II,271; III,129. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vera: {'def': '(cp. Sk. vaira, der. fr. vīra), 【阳】【中】敌意，憎恨，怨(hatred, revenge, hostile action, sin)。akusalaverassa, 不善之怨(指杀、盗、淫、妄、酒等五种怨)。Ahaṁ avero homi.(愿我无怨)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】敌意，憎恨。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Sk. vaira, der. fr. vīra] hatred, revenge, hostile action, sin A.IV,247; Dh.5; J.IV,71; DhA.I,50.; PvA.13. --avera absence of enmity, friendliness; (adj.) friendly, peaceable, kind D.I,167, 247 (sa° & a°), 251; S.IV,296; A.IV,246; Sn.150. The pañca bhayāni verāni (or vera-bhayā) or pañca verā (Vbh.378) “the fivefold guilty dread” are the fears connected with sins against the 5 first commandments (sīlāni); see S.II,68; A.III,204 sq.; IV,405 sq.; V,182; It.57=Sn.167 (vera-bhay’atīta). (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Verajja: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+rajja] a variety of kingdoms or provinces S.III,6 (nānā°-gata bhikkhu a bh. who has travelled much). (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Verajjaka: {'def': '(=nānāverajjaka) (fr. vi+rajja),【形】各种不同国家的(a variety of kingdoms or provinces)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. verajja] belonging to var. kingdoms or provinces, coming from various countries (nānā°); living in a different country, foreign, alien D.I,113; M.II,165 (brāhmaṇā); A.III,263 (bhikkhū); Th.1, 1037; Vv 84¹² (=videsa-vasika VvA.338); Miln.359. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】属于各种不同国家的。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veraka: {'def': '=vera; a° Pv IV.1³⁸. See also verika. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veramaṇī: {'def': '【阴】禁止。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. viramaṇa; cp. the odd form BSk. vīramaṇī, e. g. Jtm. 213] abstaining from (-°), abstinence A.II,217, 253; V,252 sq., 304 sq.; Sn.291; Pug.39, 43; Vism.11; KhA 24; DhA.I,235, 305. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹viramaṇa; cp. the odd form BSk. vīramaṇī) ,【阴】禁止(abstaining from (veramaṇī-), abstinence)。KhA.24.：tāva veraṁ maṇatīti veramaṇī, veraṁ pajahati, vinodeti, byantīkaroti, anabhāvaṁ gametīti attho. Viramati vā etāya karaṇabhūtāya veramhā puggaloti, vi-kārassa ve-kāraṁ katvā veramaṇī. (「离」乃压倒怨敌，是舍弃、除去、消灭怨敌使令不存在之义；或者〈就如〉有人藉由器具离怨敌。由vi-字诵成ve-字而成离。)KhA.24~25.：Atthato pana veramaṇīti kāmāvacarakusalacittasampayuttā virati, sā(=PTS yā) pāṇātipātā viramantassa “yā tasmiṁ samaye pāṇātipātā ārati virati paṭivirati veramaṇī akiriyā akaraṇaṁ anajjhāpatti velā-anatikkamo setughāto”ti evamādinā (vibha.704) nayena vibhaṅge vuttā.(从义上，(所谓)的『离』乃欲界善心相应的离。在《分别论》所说的：『在那离杀生之时，他远离、离、回避杀生，无所作、不作为、不违犯，破(恶之)桥。』', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Veramba: {'def': '(& °bha) (adj.) [etym.? Probably dialectical, i. e. regional] attribute of the wind (vāta or pl. vātā), a wind blowing in high altitudes [cp. BSk. vairambhaka Divy 90] S.II,231; A.I,137; Th.I,597; J.III,255, 484; VI,326; Nd² 562; VbhA.71. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '& Verambha(cp. BSk. vairambhaka), 【形】高海拔之风(attribute of the wind, a wind blowing in high altitudes)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Verambhavāta: {'def': '【阳】风在高海拔吹。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】(高海拔之)毘岚风，旋猛风。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Verañjā: {'def': 'f. 毘蘭若, ヴェーランジャー[コーサラ国の都市, この地が飢饉で仏は馬麦を食べられた]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Verika: {'def': '=vera i. e, inimical; enemy (cp. veraka) J.V,229, 505; Vism.48. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'verī, 【形】有敌意的，深藏仇恨的。【阳】敌人。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'verī,【形】有敌意的，深藏仇恨的。【阳】敌人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Verin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vera] bearing hostility, inimical, revengeful J.III,177; Pv IV.3²⁵ (=veravanto PvA.252); Miln.196; Vism.296 (°puggala), 326 (°purisa, in simile), 512 (in sim.); VbhA.89. -- Neg. averin Dh.197, 258. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Verocana: {'def': '【阳】太阳。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(=virocana, ‹virocati；cp.梵vairocana太阳，音译：毘卢遮那) ,【阳】太阳(the sun (lit. “shining forth”))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[=virocana, fr virocati] the sun (lit. “shining forth”) S.I,51; A.II,50. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vesa: {'def': '[cp. Sk. veṣa, fr. viṣ to be active] dress, apparel; (more frequently:) disguise, (assumed) appearance J.I,146 (pakati° usual dress), 230 (āyuttaka°); III,418 (andha°); Miln.12; DhA.II,4; PvA.62, 93 (ummattaka°), 161 (tunnavāya°); Sdhp.384; purisa° (of women) DA.I,147. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】外表，洋装。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】外表，洋装。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vesak: {'def': '毗舍佉月', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Vesama: {'def': '=visama VvA.10. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vesamma: {'def': '【中】不平等，不调和。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】不平等，不调和。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vesiyā: {'def': 'vesī,【阴】妓女(a woman of low caste, a harlot, prostitute)。vesi-dvāra, 妓院(a pleasure house)。vesiyā-gocara, (asking alms from a prostitute’s house)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'vesī, 【阴】妓女。(p306)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vesiyāna: {'def': '[=vessa, with °na as in gimhāna, vassāna etc.] a Vaiśya (Vessa) J.VI,15, 21, 328, 490, 492. As vessāyana at Sn.455 (where vesiyāna is required). (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vesma: {'def': '(Vedic vewman, fr.viw to enter：see visati),【中】住宅。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic veśman, fr. viś to enter: see visati] a house J.V,84. A trace of the n-stem in Loc. vesmani J.V,60. (Page 651)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】住宅。(p306)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vessa: {'def': '【阳】毗舍（印度四大阶级的第三等级成员）。(p306)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[cp. Vedic vaiśya, a dial. (local) word] a Vaiśya, i. e. a member of the third social (i. e. lower) grade (see vaṇṇa 6), a man of the people D.III,81, 95 (origin); S.I,102, 166; IV,219; V,51; A.I,162; II,194; III,214, 242; Vbh.394; DA.I,254 (origin). -- f. vesī (q. v.); vessī (as a member of that caste) D.I,193; A.III,226, 229. (Page 651)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(梵Vaisya),【阳】吠舍(印度四大阶级的第三级成员，从事农、牧、工、商等生产事业的一般平民阶级)、毘舍、吠奢、鞞舍、商估(merchant)、工师(technician)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vessabhu: {'def': '（诸佛名）韦沙菩，（古音译：）毗舍浮，毗舍婆', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '韦沙菩佛（毗舍浮佛）。三十一大劫以前的韦沙菩佛；
在《长部·大传记经》中说：
“诸比库，又于彼三十一劫中，韦沙菩世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者曾出现于世。”（D.14）', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Vessantara: {'def': 'm. [Sk. Visvantara] 毘輸安多羅. 一切度[王子の名, 釈尊の前生]. -jātakaヴェッサンタラ•ジャータカ[最大の本生経]', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Vessavana: {'def': 'm. [Sk. Vaiśramaṇa] 毘沙門天, 多聞天 [四天王の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vessavaṇa: {'def': '韦沙瓦纳，巴利语的音译，四大天王中的北方天王，守护北方，统领亚卡众。据说他的前世是位婆罗门，因乐善好施而投生为名叫古韦拉（Kuvera）的天子。后因统辖维萨纳城（Visāṇā）而被称为“韦沙瓦纳”。
北传佛教称之为多闻天王（梵Vai÷ramaṇa，毗沙门），并尊奉为财宝神和佛教保护神。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '(梵Vaiwravaṇa)﹐多闻天王，毘沙门。四大王天之一，在北方多闻天王统治诸夜叉(yakkha)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '（天部衆名）韦沙瓦纳，（古音译：）毗沙门，吠室罗末拏，鞞沙门', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Vessikā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. vessa] a Vaiśya woman Sn.314. (Page 651)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vesākha: {'def': '(cp.Vedic vaiwākha),【阳】吠舍佉月(月份名，大约四月至五月之间，农历3月16至3月15)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】吠舍佉月（月份名，大约四月至五月之间）。(p306)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[cp. Vedic vaiśākha] N. of a month (April-May) Mhvs 1, 73; 29, 1. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vesākhā: {'def': '毗舍佉月', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Vesālī: {'def': '（城市名）韦沙离，（古音译：）毗舍离，吠舍厘', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': 'f. [Sk. Vaiśāli] 毘舎離, 廣厳城 [跋耆 (ヴッジ一) 国の首都].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vesārajja: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. formation fr. visārada, i. e. *vaiśāradya] (the Buddha’s or an Arahant’s) perfect selfconfidence (which is of 4 kinds), self-satisfaction, subject of confidence. The four are given in full at M.I,71 sq., viz. highest knowledge, khīṇāsava state, recognition of the obstacles, recognition & preaching of the way to salvation. See also D.I,110; J.II,27; A.II,13; III,297 sq.; IV,83, 210, 213; M.I,380; Ps.II,194; Nd² 466^B; DhA I 86; DA.I,278; KhA 104; VvA.213; Sdhp.593. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹visārada),【中】自信(perfect selfconfidence (which is of 4 kinds, M.I.71.), self-satisfaction, subject of confidence)。cattāri vesārajjāni(梵 catvāri vaiwāradyāni)﹐四自信、四无所畏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】自信。(p306)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vesī: {'def': '& Vesiyā (f.) [the f. of vessa] a woman of low caste, a harlot, prostitute. -- (a) vesī: Vin.III,138; J.V,425; in cpd. vesi-dvāra a pleasure house Th.2, 73. -- (b) vesiyā: Vin.IV,278; Sn.108; Vbh.247; in cpd. vesiyā-gocara asking alms from a prostitute’s house DhA.III,275; DhsA.151; VbhA.339. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vetabba: {'def': 'is grd. of *veti [vi]=vināti to weave (q, v.), thus “to be woven,” or what is left to be woven J.VI,26. ‹-› inf. vetuṁ Vin.II,150. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vetana: {'def': '【中】薪水，租金，付款，费用。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】薪水，租金，付款，费用。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vetana] wages, hire; payment, fee, remuneration; tip J.I,194 (nivāsa° rent); Sn.24; VvA.141; DhA.I,25; PvA.112. Most frequently comb^d with bhatta° (q. v.). As vedana at J.III,349. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vetanika: {'def': '【阳】专为金钱而工作者，雇员。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】专为金钱而工作者，雇员。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vetaraṇī: {'def': '【阴】灰河（河名）。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】灰河(河名)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vetasa: {'def': '【阳】藤（一种白藤属攀援棕榈 (Calamusrotang)，以其很长的茎而著名）。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】藤(rattan reed﹐一种白藤属攀援棕榈 (Calamus rotang)，以其很长的茎而著名)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Vedic vetasa] the ratan reed, Calamus rotang J.V,167; SnA 451. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vetaṇḍin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vitaṇḍā] full of sophistry, skilled in vitaṇḍā Miln.90 (said of King Milinda). (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veti: {'def': '(vi+i+a), 变小，消失。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + i + a), 变小，消失。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+eti, of i; Sk. vyeti] to go away, disappear, wane S.III,135; A.II,51; J.III,154; DhsA.329. Cp. vyavayāti. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vetta: {'def': '【中】藤条，小枝。 ~gga, 【中】藤芽。 ~latā, 【阴】藤蔓。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. Epic Sk. vetra] twig, rod; creeper; junglerope (cp. veṇu-daṇḍa); cane (calamus). By itself only in standard list of punishments (tortures): vettehi tāḷeti to flog with canes, e. g. A.I,47; II,122; Miln.196. Otherwise freq. in cpds.:

--agga cane-top, sprout of bamboo (cp. kaḷīra) Vism.255 (where KhA in id. p. reads °aṅkura); VbhA.60, 239, 252. --aṅkura a shoot of bamboo KhA 52, 67. --āsana cane chair VvA.8. --cāra (vettācāra) “stick-wandering” (?) J.III,541 (+saṅkupatha; C.: vettehi sañcaritabba); Vv 84¹¹ (vettācāraṁ saṅkupathañ ca maggaṁ, expl^d as vettalatā bandhitvā ācaritabba magga VvA.338); better as “jungle-path.” --patha “a jungle full of sticks” (trslⁿ Rh. D.) Miln.280 (+saṅkupatha), jungle-path. --bandhana binding with twigs (rope?), creeper-bands S.III,155; V,51=A.IV,127. --latā cane creeper J.I,342; VvA.8, 338. --valli garland of creeper Dāvs III,40. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】藤条，小枝。vettagga,【中】藤芽。vettalatā,【阴】藤蔓。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vetulla: {'def': '(& vetulya) [cp. *Sk. vaitulya; also called vaipulya, fr. vipula. The P. form is not clear; it probably rests on dial. trslⁿ of a later term] a certain dissenting sect (see Mhvs. trslⁿ 259, n. 2) in °vāda heretic doctrine Mhvs 36, 41; Dpvs 22, 45; --°vādin an adherent of this doctrine. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'm. [cf. BSk. Vaitulya (方等)＜Vaipulya (方広)] 方等部, 方広部, 大乗仏教. -piṭaka 方広説の三藏, 大乗経. -vādin方等部, 大乗説者.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vetulyaka: {'def': 'm. =Vetullā, Vetulla-vādin.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vetāla: {'def': 'at D.I,6 (in the lists of forbidden crafts) refers to some magic art. The proper meaning of the word was already unknown when Bdhgh at DA.I,84 explained it as “ghana-tāḷaṁ” (cymbal beating) with remark “mantena mata-sarīr’uṭṭhāpanan ti eke” (some take it to be raising the dead by magic charms). Rh. D. at Dial. I.8 translates “chanting of bards” (cp. vetālika). It is of dialectical origin. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vetālika: {'def': '【阳】宫廷乐师。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】宫廷歌姬。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[dial.; cp. Epic & Class. Sk. vaitālika] a certain office or occupation at court connected with music or other entertainment, a bard. With other terms in list at Miln.331, some of them obscure and regional. Also at J.VI,277, where expl^d as “vetālā [read vettāya?] uṭṭhāpake,” i. e. those whose duty it is [by vetāla or vetta] to make (people] rise. The explⁿ is obscure, the uṭṭhāpaka reminds of Bdhgh’s uṭṭhāpana (under vetāla). Kern misunderstands the phrase by translating “chasing bards away.” (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vevacana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vivacana] attribute, epithet; synonym Nett 1 sq., 24, 53 sq., 82, 106; Vism.427; SnA 24, 447. Cp. adhivacana. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】浑名，同义字。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】浑名，同义字。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vevaṇṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vivaṇṇa] discolouring ThA.85 (Ap. v. 42). (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vevaṇṇiya: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. vivaṇṇa] 1. state of having no caste, life of an outcast A.V,87≈200. [Cp. BSk. vaivarṇika outcast Divy 424]. -- 2. discolouring, fading, waning J.III,394. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】毁容，缺陷，畸形，变色，污染。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】毁容，缺陷，畸形，变色，污染。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veviccha: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. formation fr. vivicchā] “multifarious wants,” greediness, selfishness, avarice Sn.941 (=pañca macchariyāni Nd¹ 422, as at Nd² 614), 1033 (where Nett 11 reads vivicchā); Pug.19, 23; Dhs.1059, 1122; Nd² s. v. taṇhā; DhsA.366, 375. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vevāhika: {'def': '[fr. vivāha] wedding-guest J.II,420. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyaggha: {'def': '(fr. vyaggha)﹐【形】虎的(belonging to a tiger)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vyaggha] belonging to a tiger Dh.295 (here simply=vyaggha. i. e. with a tiger as fifth; veyya°=vya° metri causâ; Bdhgh’s explⁿ at DhA.III,455 is forced). -- (m). a car covered with a tiger’s skin J.V,259, cp. 377. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyagghin: {'def': '(=veyyaggha)﹐【形】虎的(J.IV.347.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '=veyyaggha (adj.) J.IV,347. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyatta: {'def': '=viyatta, i. e. accomplished, clever J.V,258. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyatti: {'def': '(f.) [=viyatti] distinction, cleverness, accomplishment J.V,258; VI,305. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyattiya: {'def': 'Veyyattika, (fr. veyyatti= viyatti)【中】明朗，成就(distinction, lucidity; accomplishment)。paññāveyyattiya, 智成就。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. form (°ya=°ka) fr. veyyatti= viyatti] distinction, lucidity; accomplishment D.III,38 (paññā° in wisdom); M.I,82, 175; II,209. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】明朗，成就。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veyyañjanika: {'def': '[=vyañjanika] one who knows the signs, a fortune-teller, soothsayer J.V,233, 235. -- The BSk. equivalent is vaipañcanika (MVastu I.207) etc.: see under vipañcita, which may have to be derived (as viyañcita=viyañjita) from vi+añj=vyañjana. See also Kern. Toev. p. 19. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyy°: {'def': 'is a (purely phonetic) diaeretic form of vy°, for which viy° & veyy° are used indiscriminately. There is as little difference between viy° & veyy° as between vi° & ve° in those cases where (double, as it were) abstract nouns are formed from words with ve° (vepullatā, vemattatā, etc.), which shows that ve° was simply felt as vi°. Cp. the use of e for i (esp. before y) in cases like alabbhaneyya›°iya; addhaneyya›°iya; pesuṇeyya›°iya, without any difference in meaning. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyābādhika: {'def': '【形】引起受伤的，使压抑的。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(=vyābādhika),【形】引起受伤的，使压抑的(causing injury or oppression, oppressive, annoying (of pains))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [=vyābādhika] causing injury or oppression, oppressive, annoying (of pains) M.I,10; A.III,388; Vism.35 (expl^d diff. by Bdhgh as “vyābādhato uppannattā veyyābādhikā”). (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyākaraṇa: {'def': '(m. nt.) [=vyākaraṇa] 1. (nt.) answer, explanation, exposition D.I,46, 51, 105, 223; II,202; A.III,125; V,50 sq.; Sn.352, 510, 1127; Pug.43, 50; Miln.347; DA.I,247. -- 2. (m.) one who is expert in explanation or answer, a grammarian D.I,88; A.III,125; Sn.595; Miln.236; SnA 447. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】解释。【阳】懂文法者，东得讲解文法的人。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(=vyākaraṇa),【中】解释(answer, explanation, exposition)。【阳】懂文法者，懂得讲解文法的人(one who is expert in explanation or answer, a grammarian)。cattāro pañha-vyākaraṇā四记答(four ways of answering questions)︰ekaṁsa-vyākaraṇīyo pañho 决定记论(或应一向记问——有的问题应予明确、决定的回答)(there are questions requiring a direct answer)，vibhajja-vyākaraṇīyo pañho 分别记论(或应分别记问——有的问题应分不同的情况，予以分别不同的解答)(there are questions requiring an explanation)，paṭipucchā-vyākaraṇīyo pañho 诘问记论(或应反诘记问——有的问题应以反问的方式，逐步引导，使其明白)(there are questions to be answered by counter-questions)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Veyyāvacca: {'def': '【中】责任，服务，佣金(service, attention, rendering a service; work, labour, commission, duty)。veyyāvaccakara,【阳】veyyāvatika,【阳】执事人(佛教僧团有十七种执事人)，随从，仆人，等候的人。gihiveyyāvacca,【中】为在家人服务。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [corresponds to (although doubtful in what relation) Sk. *vaiyā-pṛtya, abstr. fr. vyāpṛta active, busy (to pṛ, pṛṇoti)=P. vyāvaṭa; it was later retranslated into BSk. as vaiyāvṛtya (as if vi+ā+vṛt); e. g. Divy 54, 347; MVastu I.298] service, attention, rendering a service; work, labour, commission, duty Vin.I,23; A.III,41; J.I,12 (kāya°); VI,154; SnA 466; VvA.94; ThA.253. --°kamma doing service, work J.III,422; --°kara servant, agent, (f.) housekeeper J.III,327; VvA.349; °-kārikā (f.) id. PvA.65. -- Cp. vyappatha. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】责任，服务，佣金。 ~kara, 【阳】 ~yāvatika, 【阳】随从，仆人，等候的人。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veyyāvaṭika: {'def': '(nt.) [doublet of veyyāvacca; °ka=°ya] service, waiting on, attention Sn.p. 104 (kāya°); J.IV,463; VI,154, 418, 503 (dāna°); DhA.I,27 (kāya°); III,19 (dāna°); Dpvs VI,61. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veyyāyika: {'def': '(fr. vyaya),【中】费用(money to defray expenses, means Vin.II,157.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】费用。(p305)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vyaya] money to defray expenses, means Vin.II,157. (Page 649)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ve°: {'def': 'is the guṇa (increment) form of vi°, found in many secondary (mostly f. & nt. abstr.) derivations from words with vi°, e. g. vekalla, vecikicchin, veneyya, vepulla, vematta, vevicchā, veramaṇī, which Bdhgh expl^s simply as “vi-kārassa ve-kāraṁ katvā veramaṇī” KhA 24. ‹-› Cp. veyy°. (Page 646)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veḷu: {'def': '(=Veṇu),【阳】竹子。参考 Veṇu(竹子)。daṇḍaveḷu﹐竹杖。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '参考 Veṇu。 ~riya, 【中】天青石，青金石，天青石色。(p306)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[=veṇu, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 43³ & Prk. veḷu: Pischel, Prk. Gr. § 243] a bamboo A.II,73; Vin.IV,35; J.IV,382 (daṇḍa°); V,71; Vism.1, 17; SnA 76 (=vaṁsa); VbhA.334.

--agga (veḷagga) the top of a bamboo Vin.II,110. --gumba a bamboo thicket SnA 49, 75. --daṇḍa a bamboo stick SnA 330. --dāna a gift of bamboo Vbh.246; Miln.369; SnA 311; KhA 236; VbhA.333. --nāḷi (°nalaka, °nāḷika) a stalk or shaft of bamboo Vism.260; KhA 52; ThA.212. --pabba a stalk or section of the b. J.I,245; Vism.358=VbhA.63. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veḷuka: {'def': '[fr. veḷu] a kind of tree J.V,405 (=vaṁsa-coraka). (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veḷuriya: {'def': '(梵vaiḍūrya),【中】天青石、青金石(lapis lazuli)，天青石色(天青石或孔雀颈部的颜色)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. dial. Sk. vaiḍūrya] a precious stone, lapis lazuli; cp. the same word “beryl” (with metathesis r›l; not fr. the Sk. form), which the Greeks brought to Europe from India. -- D.I,76; Vin.II,112; S.I,64; A.I,215; IV,199, 203 sq.; J.III,437; Pv.II,7⁵; Mhvs 11, 16; DhA.II,220. Often in descriptions of Vimānas, e. g. Vv 2¹; 12¹; 17¹; cp. VvA.27, 60. -- Probably through a word-play with veḷu (bamboo; popular etymology) it is said to have the colour of bamboo: see vaṁsa-rāga & vaṁsa-vaṇṇa. At J.I,207 a peacock’s neck is described as having the colour of the veḷuriya. At Miln.267 (in inventory of “loka”) we have the foll. enumeration of precious stones: pavāḷa coral, lohitaṅka ruby, masāragalla cat’s eye, veḷuriya lapis lazuli, vajira diamend. See also under ratana¹. (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veḷuva: {'def': '[cp. Vedic vainava (made of cane)?] probably not to veḷu, but another spelling for beḷuva, in °laṭṭhikā S.III,91, as sometimes v. l. veḷuva for beḷuva (q. v.). (Page 650)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veḷuvana: {'def': 'n. 竹林, 竹林園. -kalandakanivāpa 竹林迦蘭陀園, 竹林栗鼠養餌所, 竹林精舎 [マガダ国王舎域外にある].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Veṇa: {'def': '【阳】编制篮子的技工。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】编制篮子的技工。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. *Sk. vaiṇa, dial.] 1. a worker in bamboo PvA.175. -- 2. a member of a low & despised class (cp. pukkusa) Vin.IV,6; S.I,93 (°kula); A.II,85 (id.); III,385; Pug.51; f. veṇī J.V,306 (=tacchikā C.); Pv III,1¹³ (read veṇī for veṇiṁ). (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veṇhu: {'def': 'Venhu, Veṇḍu: m. [Sk. Viṣṇu] ヴィシュヌ天', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': 'Venhu, Veṇḍu m. [Sk. Viṣṇu] ヴィシュヌ天.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Veṇi: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. veṇi] a braid of hair, plaited hair, hair twisted into a single braid A.III,295; Vin.II,266 (dussa°); Th.2, 255; Vv 38⁴ (=kesa-veṇi C.). fig. of a “string” of people D.I,239 (andha°). --°kata plaited, having the hair plaited J.II,185; V,431. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veṇika: {'def': '【阳】演奏琵琶者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】演奏琵琶者。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veṇu: {'def': '[cp. Vedic veṇu. Another P, form is veḷu (q. v.)] bamboo; occurs only in cpds., e. g. --°gumba thicket of bamboo DhA.I,177; --°tinduka the tree Diospyros J.V,405 (=timbaru C.); --°daṇḍaka jungle-rope J.III,204; --°bali a tax to be paid in bamboo (by bamboo workers) DhA.I,177; °-vana bamboo forest J.V,38. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】竹子。 ~gumba, 【阳】竹丛。 ~bali, 【阳】竹子税。 ~vana, 【中】竹林。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】竹子。veṇugumba,【阳】竹丛。veṇubali,【阳】竹子税。veṇuvana,【中】竹林。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Veṇī: {'def': '【阴】辫子。 ~kata, 【形】把…打成辫的，绑成束的。 ~karaṇa, 【中】做成束。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】辫子。veṇīkata,【形】把…打成辫的，绑成束的。veṇīkaraṇa,【中】做成束。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Veṇḍu: {'def': 'Veṇhu, Venhu: m. [Sk. Viṣṇu] ヴィシュヌ天', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Veṭha: {'def': '[fr. viṣṭ, veṣṭ] wrap, in sīsa° head-wrap, turban M.I,244; S.IV,56. (Page 646)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veṭhaka: {'def': '【形】包封的，包装的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. veṭheti] surrounding, enveloping D.I,105 (“furbelow” see Dial. I.130); Mhvs 11, 14 (valayaṅguli°). (Page 646)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】包封的，包装的。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veṭhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. veṭheti, cp. Epic & Class. Sk. veṣṭhana] 1. surrounding, enveloping J.VI,489. -- 2. a turban, head-dress D.I,126; A.I,145; III,380 (sīsa°); J.V,187; DhA.IV,213; PvA.161. -- 3. wrapping, clothing, wrap, shawl J.VI,12. -- Cp. pali°. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】包装材料，缠头巾，饰头巾。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】包装材料，缠头巾，饰头巾。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veṭheti: {'def': '(veh + e), 包装，缠绕，包封。【过】 veṭhesi。【过分】 veṭhita。【现分】 ~ṭhenta。【独】 ~ṭhetvā。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic veṣṭate, viṣṭ or veṣṭ, to Lat. virga, branch, lit. twisting] to twist round, envelope, wrap, surround J.I,5, 422; Miln.282. -- Pass. veṭhiyati: see vi°. -- pp. veṭhita. -- Cp. pali°. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(veh+e), 包装，缠绕，包封。【过】veṭhesi。【过分】veṭhita, veṭṭhita。【现分】veṭhenta。【独】veṭhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Veṭhita: {'def': '[pp. of veṭheti] enveloped, enclosed, surrounded, wrapped Sdhp.362. Cp. ni°, pari°. (Page 647)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Veṭhiyamāna: {'def': '【现分】包装著，缠绕著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【现分】包装着，缠绕着。(p304)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Veṭṭhitasīsa: {'def': '【中】绑头巾，缠头巾。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vi: {'def': '(indecl.) [prefix, resting on Idg. *ǔi “two,” as connotation of duality or separation (Ger. “ent-zwei”), which is contained in viṁśati, num. for “twenty” (see vīsati), cp. Sk. viṣu apart, Gr. i]/dios private (lit. separate); also Sk. u-bhau both; and *ǔidh, as in Lat. dīvido=divide. A secondary (compar.) formation in Sk. vitara further, farther, Goth. wipra against, Ger. wider] 1. (a) inseparable prefix of separation and expansion, in original meaning of “asunder,” semantically closely related to Lat. dis- & Ger ver-. Often as base-prefix in var. meanings (see below 1--4), also very frequent as modifying prefix (in combⁿ with other primary prefixes like ā, ni, pa, paṭi, saṁ), where its prevailing character is one of emphasis. -- (b) The native grammarians define vi- either as “vividha” (i. e. our meaning 2): see Bdhgh. at SnA 136 (viharati=vividhaṁ hitaṁ harati); and Vism.179 vividhaṁ khittaṁ=vikkhittaṁ; see also under viggaṇhati; or “prātilomya” (i. e. meaning 3): Nirukta (ed. Roth) I.3; or paraphrase it by su° or suṭṭhu (i. e. meaning 4): see under vimāna & vippasanna. The latter meaning also in Hemacandra’s Anek’ārtha-saṅgraha (ed. Calc.) 7, 15: “śreṣṭhe ‘tīte nānārthe” (i. e. Nos. 4 & 2). -- (c) vi° occurs also as distributive (repetitional) prefix in reduplication compounds (here closely resembling paṭi° and the negative a°), like cuṇṇa-vicuṇṇa piecemeal, chidda-vicchidda holes upon holes, vaṭṭa-vivaṭṭa, etc. -- Contracted forms are vy° (=viy° before vowels) and vo° (=vi+ ava); the guṇa & vriddhi form is ve°. -- II. Meanings. --1. denoting expansion, spreading out; fig. variety or detail, to be trsl^d by expressions with over or about (cp. Lat. e-), as: °kampati shake about, °kāseti open out, °kirati scatter about, °kūjati sing out (=upa-nadati C), °carati move about (=ā-hiṇḍati), °churita sprinkled about, °jāyati bring forth, °tāna “spread out,” °tthāra ex-tension, de-tail, °dāleti break open, °dhammati whirl about, °dhāyaka providing, °pakirati strew all over, °pphāra pervading, °pphārika ef-fulgence, ,’bhajati ex-plain, °bhatta dis-tributed, °bhāga division, distribution, °ravati shout out, °rūhana growing up, °rocati shine out, °ssajjati give out, °ssaṭṭha sent out, °ssara shouting out, °ssuta far-famed. -- 2. denoting disturbance, separation, mixing up (opp. saṁ°), as given with “away” or “down,” or the prefixes de- and dis-, e. g. °kasita burst asunder, °kubbana change, i. e. miracle (meta-morphosis), °kkaya sell (“ver-kaufen”), °kkhambhati de-stroy, °kkhāleti wash off (=ācameti), °kkhepa de-rangement, °gata dis-appeared (used as defⁿ of vi° at ThA.80), °galita dripping down, °ggaha separation, °cinati dis-criminate, °jahati dis-miss, °desa foreign country (cp. verajjaka), °naṭṭha destroyed, °nata bending down, °nāsa de-struction, °nicchaya dis-crimination, °nodaka driving out, °pāteti to be destroyed, °ppalapati to talk confusedly, °rājeti discard as rāga, °rodha destruction, °lumpati break up, °vitta separated, °vidha mixed, °veka separation, °vāha carrying away, i. e. wedding. -- 3. denoting the reverse of the simple verb, or loss, difference, opposite, reverse, as expressed by un- or dis-, e. g. °asana mis-fortune, °kaṭika unclean, °kappa change round, °kāra per-turbation, dis-tortion, °kāla wrong time, °tatha un-truth, °dhūma smoke-less, °patti corruption, °parīta dubious, °ppaṭipanna on the wrong track, °bhava non-existence (or as 4 “more” bhava, i. e. wealth), °mati doubt, °mānana dis-respect, °yoga separation, °raja fault-less, °rata abs-taining, °rūpa un-sightly, °vaṭa unveiled, °vaṇṇeti defame, °vāda dis-pute, °sama uneven, °ssandati overflow, °ssarita for-gotten, °siṭṭha distinguished, °sesa difference, distinction. -- 4. in intensifying sense (developed fr. 1 & 2), mostly with terms expressing per se one or the other of shades of meanings given under 1--3; to be trsl^d by “away,” out, all over, “up,” or similarly (completely), e. g. °ākula quite confused, °katta cut up, °kopeti shake up, °garahati scold intensely, °chindati cut off, °jita conquered altogether, °jjotita resplendent, °tarati come quite through, °niyoga close connection, °nivatteti turn off completely, °pariṇāma intense change, °ppamutta quite released, °ppasanna quite purified, °pphalita crumpled up, °bandhana (close) fetter, °ramati cease altogether, °sahati have sufficient strength, °sukkha dried up, °suddha very bright, °ssamati rest fully (Ger. aus-ruhen), °haññati to get slain. (Page 611)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vi-: {'def': '(‹dvi 意思“=”)﹐分、离、别、异、反。Vi-有强化作用。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibandha: {'def': '[vi+bandha] fetter PvA.207. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】脚镣，桎梏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】脚镣，桎梏。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibandhana: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+bandhana]=vibandha ThA.243. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibbedha: {'def': '[fr. vi+vyadh after analogy of ubbedha; not vi+bheda] circumference J.I,212. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibbhamati: {'def': '(vi + bham + a), 走错路，背弃团体。【过】 ~mi。【独】 ~mitvā。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+bham+a), 走错路，背弃团体。【过】vibbhami。【独】vibbhamitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+bhamati] to wander about, to go astray, to forsake the Order Vin.I,72; II,14; III,40 (may be taken in the sense of enjoying oneself or sporting, i. e. cohabiting, at this passage), IV.216; J.I,117; III,462 (of a bhikkhu enticed by his former wife), 496. -- pp. vibbhanta. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibbhanta: {'def': '(vibbhamati 的【过分】), vibbhantaka,【形】背教者，被团体抛弃的人，还俗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vibbhamati] 1. roaming, straying; strayed, confused M.I,171 (padhāna° giving up exertion), 247 (id.). Usually in phrase °citta with wandering (or confused) mind S.I,61 (see explⁿ of C. at K.S. I.321), 204; III,93; V,269; A.I,70; II,30; III,391; It.90; J.IV,459 (+kupit’indriya); Miln.324. -- At DhsA.260 we find the cpd. vibbhanti-bhāva [vibbhanta in compⁿ with bhu!] of citta, in meaning “wavering, roaming” (of mind): so read for vibhatti-bhāva. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vibbhamati 的【过分】), ~ka, 【形】背教者，被团体抛弃的人。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibbhantaka: {'def': '(adj.) [vibbhanta+ka] 1. straying away from (-°), confused Vism.187 (jhāna°), 429. -- 2. (a bhikkhu) who has forsaken the Order, apostate Vin.II,60. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhajana: {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. vibhajati] distinction, division, going into detail Nett 5, 8 sq., 38 (+vivaraṇā & uttāni-kammatā); Tikp 10; SnA 445 (vivaraṇa, v., uttāni-karaṇa); DhsA.343, 344. Cp. vibhājana. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhajati: {'def': '(vi + bhaj + a), 分开，解剖，分类。【过】 vibhaji。【过分】 vibhatta,vibhajita。【现分】 ~janta。【独】 ~jitvā。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+bhaj分开+a), 分开，解剖，分类。【过】vibhaji。【过分】vibhatta, vibhajita。【现分】vibhajanta。【独】vibhajitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+bhajati, i. e. bhaj¹, as in bhājeti] (lit.) to distribute, divide; (fig.) to distinguish, dissect, divide up, classify; to deal with something in detail, to go into details M.III,223; S.II,2, 255 (vibhājeti)=M.I,364 (reads virājeti); S.IV,93 (atthaṁ); V,261 (dhammaṁ vivarati vibhajati uttāni-karoti); Sn.87; Pug.41; Vbh.259; Miln.145; SnA 237; DA.I,104; PvA.81, 111. ger. vibhajja (q. v.). -- pp. vibhatta. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhajja: {'def': '(Vibhajati的【独】), 分开了，分析了。vibhajjavāda,【阳】逻辑教条(理由的宗教)。vibhajjavādī,【阳】接受上座部 (Theravāda长老说) 教义的人，南传佛教徒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adv.) [ger. of vibhajati] dividing, analysing, detailing; in detail (°-) D.III,229 (°vyākaraṇīya pañha “discriminating reply” trslⁿ); A.II,46 (°vacana analysis). -- °vāda the Vibhajja doctrine, i. e. the doctrine which analyses, or the “religion of logic or reason”; a term identical with theravāda, the doctrine of the Elders, i. e. the original teaching of the Buddhist church. --°vādin one who teaches the V. doctrine, Ep. of the Buddha Mhvs 5, 271; Tikp 366; VbhA.130; cp. Kvu trslⁿ introd. p. 38. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhajja-vādin: {'def': 'm. 分別論者 [=上座部].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vibhassikata: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+bhassa+kata] gossip, lit. “made into talk” Vin.IV,241. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhatta: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vibhajati] 1. (lit.) divided, distributed; parted, partitioned, having divisions, portioned off Sn.300; Pv.I,10¹³ (of niraya); J.V,266 (id.); Miln.316 (a° samudda). -- su° well divided, well planned, proportioned, regular Sn.305; Pv III,2²¹; Miln.330, 345; Vism.108. -- 2. (fig.) detailed, explained, analysed Vism.187; SnA 288; PvA.104. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vibhajati 的【过分】)。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vibhajati 的【过分】)已分开，已解剖，已分类。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibhattavant: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vibhatta] full of details, giving all detail Vism.212; DA.I,34. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhatti: {'def': '【阴】区分，分类，屈折语(名词和动词的形式变化)，语法的格。vibhattika,【形】有区分的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】区分，分类，屈折语（名词和动词的形式变化），语法的格。~ka, 【形】有区分的。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. vibhajati] 1. division, distinction, classification, detail, variety J.VI,432 (of paintings); Nett 1 sq., 105; Miln.102, 381; Vism.352 (contrasted with saṅkhepa); PvA.199, 282 (rūpa° various forms, patterns). -- 2. (t. t. g.) inflection of nouns & verbs, declensions, conjugation SnA 397; VvA.78, 199. --°lopa omission of inflection VvA.174, 192; PvA.147. -- Note. vibhattibhāva at DhsA.260 is to be read as vibbhanti° (see under vibbhanta). (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhattika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vibhatti] having divisions; (fig.) detailed. Neg. a° not giving details VvA.164. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhava: {'def': '【阳】财富，繁荣。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+bhava] 1. power, wealth, prosperity DA.I,147; J.I,56; V,285; Mhvs 26, 6; DhA.I,6; II,9, 84; IV,7; VvA.5, 302 (°sampanna rich); PvA.122, 130, 176, 196. Great wealth is expressed by asīti-koṭi-vibhava, consisting in 80 koṭis, e. g. DhA.I,367; II,25. -- bahu° very rich J.I,145; mahā° id. PvA.97, 107. -- yathā vibhavaṁ according to one’s means or power PvA.54; vibhav’ânurūpaṁ id. VvA.254. -- 2. non-existence, cessation of life, annihilation D.I,34; Sn.514 (+bhava), 867 (id.); Nd¹ 274, 282; J.III,402 (°ṁ gata=vināsaṁ patta C.); V,267 (id.); DhsA.392; DA.I,120; VbhA.505 (=bhava-vigama). See also taṇhā B 1.

--taṇhā “craving for life to end” (Dial. III,208), desire for non-existence D III,216, 275; Vin.I,10; Ud.33; It.50; VbhA.111. --diṭṭhi the theory of non-becoming D.III,212; A.I,83; Nd¹ 245, 274. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】财富，繁荣。vibhavataṇhā﹐【阴】无有爱。DA.15./II,500︰Vibhavataṇhāti ucchedadiṭṭhisahagato rāgo.(无有爱：染著伴随断灭的见解)。SA.12.2./II,15.︰ucchedadiṭṭhisahagatarāgabhāvena “rūpaṁ ucchijjati vinassati pecca na bhavatī”ti evaṁ assādentī pavattamānā vibhavataṇhāti.(以染著伴随断灭的见解，‘色被消灭、被破坏、死后乌有’如此转起味著，为‘无有爱’。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibhavati: {'def': '(vi+bhavati) 停止存在(to cease to exist; Sn.873 (vibhoti); pp. vibhūta.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+bhavati] to cease to exist S.III,56 (fut. °issati); Sn.873 (vibhoti); Nd¹ 279 (id.). -- pp. vibhūta. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhaṅga: {'def': 'm. ①経分別[律の戒経の解説].=Suttavibhaṅga. ②分別論 [七論の第二].=Abhidhamma-vibhaṅga', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}; {'def': '【阳】分配，区分，分类。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+bhaṅga, of bhaj¹] distribution, division, distinction, classification Vin.I,359; Sn.600 (jāti° classification of species; expl^d as jāti-vitthāra at SnA 464); J.IV,361 (+vicaya; C. expl^s as vibhāga); Mhvs 30, 87 (dhātu° distribution of relics); SnA 422 (contrasted with uddesa). -- Vibhaṅga is the title of the second book of the Abhidhamma Piṭaka (see Pāli Name Dictionary). Cp. Sutta-vibhaṅga. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】分配，区分，分类。《分别论》(Vibhaṅga)，南传巴利论藏七部论之一，略称《毘崩伽》(分别)。系由多方面分别解说一切法之书，内容由十八分别品组成，即蕴、处、界、谛、根、缘相、念处、正勤、神足、觉支、道、定、无量、学处、无碍解、智、小事及法心等分别品。在前十五品之中，每品各分经分别、论分别、问难三部份加以解说。后三品则每品各分本母和广释二部份加以解说。论述要点系依教理行果之顺序，然内容以三学为基础。(《中华佛教百科全书(六)》p.3253.1)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. 分別論 [七論の第二, Vibh.].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vibhedaka: {'def': '[vi+bhedaka] one who disturbs friendship, a slanderer J.III,260. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhedeti: {'def': '[vi+bhedeti] to cause disruption, to slander A.V,345 sq. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhedika: {'def': '(f.) [fr. vi+bhid] the palmyra tree J.VI,529. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibheti: {'def': '[vi+bhāyati] to be afraid, to stand in awe of J.V,509 (=bhāyati C.). Should we read bibheti? (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhinna: {'def': '(vi+bhinna),【过分】已分开，已变化(scattered; divided, at variance)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+bhinna] scattered; divided, at variance Sn.314 (=aññam-aññaṁ bhinna SnA 324). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已分开，已变化。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibhādati: {'def': 'at Miln.135 should be read at vibādhati. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhāga: {'def': '【阳】 Vibhājana, 【中】分配，区分，分类。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(fr. vibhajati, cp. vibhaṅga & vibhajana),【阳】vibhājana,【中】分配，区分，分类(distribution, division; detailing, classification)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. vibhajati, cp. vibhaṅga & vibhajana] distribution, division; detailing, classification J.IV,361; Vism.494; VbhA.83; ThA.100; VvA.37; PvA.122. -- attha° detailing of meaning Vism.569; dhātu° distribution of relics VvA.297; PvA.212; pada° division of words SnA 269; PvA.34. -- Cp. saṁ°. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhājana: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+bhājana²] distribution, division Dhtp 92, 561; Dhtm 776, 787. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhāsita: {'def': '[pp. Caus. of vi+bhāsati²] illuminated, made bright, shining forth Sdhp.591. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhāta: {'def': '[pp. of vibhāti] shining, turned to light, bright; in phrase vibhātāya rattiyā when night had become light, i. e. at daybreak or dawn (DhA.IV,105; PvA.13, 22). -- (nt.) daybreak, dawn DhA.II,5 (°khaṇe). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vibhāti的【过分】) 照亮(shining, turned to light, bright)。vibhātāya rattiyā,夜晚变得明亮(when night had become light)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibhāti: {'def': '[vi+bhāti] to shine forth, to be or become light (said of the night turning into day); pres. also vibhāyati Vin.I,78; fut. vibhāyissati D.II,148; aor. vibhāyi J.V,354. -- pp. vibhāta. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + bhā + a), 变成明亮，照亮。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+bhā +a), 变成明亮，照亮(to shine forth, to be or become light (said of the night turning into day); pres. also vibhāyati Vin.I,78; fut. vibhāyissati D.II,148; aor. vibhāyi J.V.354. -- pp. vibhāta.。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibhāvana: {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. vibhāveti] 1. making clear, ascertainment, explanation, exposition J.III,389; Vbh.342, 343 (ā); SnA. 13, 261 sq., 318; VbhA.409 (ā); ThA.76 (ā), 230; PvA.137, 140 (so read for vibhavanā in attha°). -- 2. annihilation, disappearance, making non-existing (cp. vibhava 2) DhsA.163 (vibhāvanā nāma antara-dhāpanā ti attho). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】vibhāvanā,【阴】解释，阐明。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 Vibhāvanā, 【阴】解释，阐明。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibhāvaniya: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vibhāvana] pertaining to ascertainment, making clear, explaining PvA.244 (paramattha°). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhāvayati: {'def': '显耀。KhA.187.︰Vibhāvayantīti paññā-obhāsena saccappaṭicchādakaṁ kilesandhakāraṁ vidhamitvā attano pakāsāni pākaṭāni karonti.(显耀︰以智慧之光破坏真实的隐藏污染之暗后，自己的光显耀出来。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibhāveti: {'def': '[vi+bhāveti] 1. to understand clearly (lit. “to produce intensively or well”) Sn.318 (ger. a-vibhāvayitvā). -- 2. to make clear, to explain KhA 89; SnA 406, 472; PvA.1, 70, 92, 135. -- 3. to put out of existence, to annihilate [as Caus. of vibhava 2] DhsA.163. ‹-› pp. vibhāvita. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+bhū+a), 1.非常明了(1.to understand clearly (lit. “to produce intensively or well”) Sn.318 (ger. a-vibhāvayitvā))。2.阐明、解释(to make clear, to explain)。3.断灭、灭绝(to put out of existence, to annihilate [as Caus. of vibhava2] DhsA.163.)。【过】vibhāvesi。【过分】vibhāvita。【现分】vibhāventa。【独】vibhāvetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + bhū + a), 阐明，解释。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~vita。【现分】 ~venta。【独】 ~vetvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibhāvin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vibhāveti] intelligent, wise Sn.317; J.VI,304; Nd² 259 (=medhāvin); Miln.21, 276, 346; Sdhp.382. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhāvita: {'def': '[pp. of vibhāveti] made non-existing, annihilated Nd² 584. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhāvī: {'def': '(Vibhāvin) (fr. vibhāveti),【形】聪明的。【阳】智者(intelligent, wise; Nd2 259 (=medhāvin))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】聪明的。【阳】智者。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibhāyana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vibhāti] shining forth, brightening VvA.148. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhītaka: {'def': '(& °ṭaka) [cp. *Sk. vibhīta & °ka] the plant Terminalia belerica; beleric myrobolan. Dice were made from its fruits, which are also used as medicine (intoxicant); its flowers smell vilely. -- Vin.I,201; J.III,161; V,363; VI,529. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Vibhīṭaka,【阳】vibhītakī,【阴】红果榄仁树(the plant Terminalia belerica; beleric myrobolan。见 Akkha)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 Vibhītakī, 【阴】红果榄仁树（见 Akkha）。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibhūsana: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+bhūsana] adornment A.I,212; II,40, 145, 209; Sn.59 (cp. Nd² 585); Pug.21, 58; J.I,8; Dhs.1348; Miln.382. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】 Vibhūsā, 【阴】装饰。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+bhūsana),【中】vibhūsā,【阴】装饰(adornment)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibhūseti: {'def': '(vi + bhus + e), 装饰，修饰，美化。【过】 ~esi。【独】 ~setvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+bhus +e), 装饰，修饰，美化(to adorn, embellish, beautify)。【过】vibhūsesi。【独】vibhūsetvā。【过分】vibhūsita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+bhūseti] to adorn, embellish, beautify Th.2, 411; Mhvs 19, 25; DhA.I,77. -- pp. vibhūsita. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhūsita: {'def': '(Vibhūseti的【过分】) 已装饰(adorned, decorated)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vibhūseti] adorned, decorated Mhvs 25, 102; Vism.10; PvA.46, 157. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhūsā: {'def': '(f.) [vi+bhūsā] ornament, decoration, distinction, pride Sn.926; Nd¹ 380; Nd² 585; Miln.224 (Rh. D. trsl^s “dexterity,” hardly correct. Should we read “vibhūti”?). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vibhūta: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vibhavati, or vi+bhūta] 1. [cp. bhūta 1, & vibhava 2] destroyed, annihilated, being without Th.1, 715; Sn.871 sq., 1113 (=vibhāvita atikkanta vītivatta Nd² 584). -- 2. [cp. bhūta 3] false Sn.664. -- 3. [cp. vibhāveti 2] clear, distinct A.V,325; Miln.311; Abdhs 16 (a° unclear); Vism.112 (& a°). --°ṁ karoti to explain Miln.308. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已清除，已清楚。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(pp. of vibhavati, or vi+bhūta),【过分】1.已破坏、已灭绝、已清除( [cp. bhūta 1, & vibhava 2] destroyed, annihilated, being without)。2.错误( [cp. bhūta 3] false Sn.664.)。3.清楚、清晰([cp. vibhāveti 2] clear, distinct (ati-vibhūta =very clear, avibhūta=unclear, ati-avibhūta =very unclear))。vibhūtaṁ karoti, 解释(to explain Miln.308.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibhūti: {'def': '(f.) [fr. vi+bhavati] 1. [cp. vibhūta 2] destruction, ruin Th.1, 1018 (°nandin=malign). -- 2. [cp. vibhava 1] splendour, majesty, glory J.V,305; PvA.133 (dāna°), 216 (rāja°). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. vi+bhavati),【阴】1.破坏(cp. vibhūta2)。2.光彩壮丽，光荣(cp. vibhava)。dānavibhūti, 财产的荣耀。rājavibhūti, 国王的荣耀。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】光彩壮丽，光荣。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vibādhaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vibādha] doing harm to (-°), injuring, preventing Dāvs II.88. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】避免的，伤害的。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】避免的，伤害的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibādhana: {'def': '【中】障碍，预防。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】障碍，预防。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vibādhati: {'def': '[vi+bādhati] to oppress, harm Miln.135 (so read for °bhādati); DhsA.42. -- Pass. vibādhiyati to be oppressed PvA.239. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+bādh骚扰+a), 阻碍，压迫，阻隔。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + badh + a), 阻碍，压迫，阻隔。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vicakka: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+cakka] without wheels J.I,378 (sakaṭa). Doubtful in phrase asani°, where used as a noun, probably in diff. meaning altogether (=asani-pāta?): see S.II,229 (=“falling of a thunderbolt” K.S. II.155); D.III,44, 47. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicakkhaṇa: {'def': '【形】有技术的，明智的。【阳】明智的人。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [vi+cakkhaṇa, of cakṣ to see, attentive, watchful, sensible, skilful; (nt.) application, attention, wit S.I,214=Sn.186 (appamatta+; trslⁿ K.S. I.277 “discerning wit”); Sn.583; J.IV,58; VI,286; Miln.216; Vism.43; SnA 238; Sdhp.200, 293. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】有技术的，明智的。【阳】明智的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicakkhu: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+cakkhu] eyeless, blind, in phrase °kamma making blind or perplexed S.I,111, 118 (“darkening their intelligence” trslⁿ) [cp. BSk. vicakṣu-karma MVastu III,416; Lal V, 490]. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicakkhuka: {'def': '(adj.) [vicakkhu+ka] not seeing, blinded, dulled in sight, half-blind Miln.295 (Rh. D. “squinting”). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicarati: {'def': '(vi+car移动+a), 走动，游荡(to go or move about in (Loc.), to walk (a road=Acc.), to wander)。【过】vicari。【过分】vicarita。【现分】vicaranta, vicaramāna。【独】vicaritvā。【不】vicarituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + car + a), 走动，游荡。【过】 vicari。【过分】 vicarita。【现分】 vicaranta, ~ramāna。【独】 vicaritvā。【不】 ~rituŋ。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+carati] to go or move about in (Loc.), to walk (a road=Acc.), to wander Sn.444 (raṭṭhā raṭṭhaṁ vicarissaṁ, fut.), 696 (dhamma-maggaṁ); Nd¹ 201, 263; Pv III,7³ (aor. vicari); DhA.I,66; PvA.4, 22, 33, 69, 120, 185 (=āhiṇḍati); Sdhp.133. -- In Sn.often with loke (in this world), e. g. Sn.466, 501, 845, 846, 864. ‹-› Caus. vicāreti; pp. vicarita, vicārita & viciṇṇa. Cp. anu°. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicaraṇa: {'def': '【中】步行，走动。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】步行，走动(travelling about)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [fr. vicarati] going about, circulating, moving, travelling J.V,484 (°bhaṇḍa travelling merchandise). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicarita: {'def': '[pp. of vicarati] occupied by (-°), haunted, frequented VvA.163. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicaya: {'def': '[fr. vi+ci: see vicinati] search, investigation, examination S.III,96 (vicayaso, i. e. thoroughly); Pug.25; Miln.340 (dhamma°); Nett 1, 2, 10; DhsA.147; Sdhp.466. For dhamma° see sambojjhaṅga. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹vi扩大+ci收集) (‹vicinati检择),【阳】调查。pavicaya﹐彻底调查。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】调查。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vicchandanika: {'def': '(& °ya) (adj.) [vi+chanda+na+ika] fit to disinterest, “disengrossing,” in °kathā sermon to rid of the desire for the body Vin.III,271 (Sam. Pās. on Pār. III,3, 1); & °sutta the Suttanta having disillusionment for its subject (another name given by Bdhgh to the Vijayasutta Sn.193--206) SnA 241 sq. (°ya). Cp. vicchindati. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicchaḍḍeti: {'def': '[vi+chaḍḍeti] to throw out, to vomit; in late (Sanskritic) Pāli at Sdhp.121 (pp. vicchaḍḍita) and 136 (nt. vicchaḍḍana throwing out). (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viccheda: {'def': '[vi+cheda] cutting off, destruction J.IV,284 (santati°). a° uninterruptedness VvA.16. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】中断，切断。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】中断，切断。aviccheda﹐不中断。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicchidda: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+chidda] only in (redupl.) combin. chidda° full of little holes, perforated all over J.I,419. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicchiddaka: {'def': '[vi+chidda+ka] “having holes all over,” referring to one of the asubha-kammaṭṭhānas, obtained by the contemplation of a corpse fissured from decay A.II,17 (°saññā); V,106, 310; Miln.332; Vism.110, 178, 194. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】充满洞的，到处穿孔的。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】充满洞的，到处穿孔的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicchika: {'def': '[cp. Vedic vṛścīka: Zimmer, Altind. Leben 98] a scorpion D.I,9 (°vijjā scorpion craft); Vin.II,110; A.II,73; III,101, 306; IV,320; V,289 sq.; J.II,146; Miln.272, 394; Vism.235; DA.I,93. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】蝎子。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】蠍子(scopion)，台语：蠍 giat4仔。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicchinda: {'def': '[fr. vi+chind as in vicchindati] breaking off, cutting off J.II,436, 438 (kāya°). Kern, Toev. s. v. considers it as a corruption of vicchanda. See vicchandanika. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicchindati: {'def': '(vi + chid + ŋ-a), 切断，打断，避免。【过】 ~ndi。【现分】 ~danta,~damāna。【独】 ~nditvā。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+chindati] to cut off, to interrupt, to prevent PvA.129 (°itu-kāma). The BSk. form is vicchandayati [=vi+denom. of chando] e. g. Divy 10, 11, 383, 590. -- pp. vicchinna. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+chid切断+ṁ-a), 切断，打断，避免。【过】vicchindi。【现分】vicchidanta, vicchidamāna。【独】vicchinditvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicchinna: {'def': '(Vicchindati的【过分】), 已切断，已打断。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vicchindati] cut off, destroyed Sdhp.34, 117, 370, 585. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicchita: {'def': 'in phrase balavicchita-kārin at Miln.110 is to be read balav’icchita-kārin “a man strong to do what he likes,” i. e. a man of influence. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicchurita: {'def': '[vi+churita] besprinkled, sprinkled about VvA.4, 280 (=ullitta). (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicchādanā: {'def': '(f.) [vi+chādanā] concealment Pug.19, 23. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viccuta: {'def': '[vi+cuta] fallen down J.V,403 (expl^d as viyutta C.); Dh.I,140. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicikicchati: {'def': '(vi+kit +cha, ki 重叠，前 ki 被改成 ci)(vici (vicinanto) =询问+ kicch =受到困扰；vi =毫无+ cikiccha =解决方案。论师提出两个词源学的说明：一、由於思绪纷杂困乱而致的困惑；二、缺少智慧解决问题。), 怀疑，犹豫，心烦意乱。在阿毘达摩中，「疑」只作对因果、三宝、正法的疑，不能解作对一般事务的疑惑、困惑。否则须陀洹道就无法断「疑」。【过】vicikicchi。【过分】vicikicchita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + kit + cha, ki 重叠，前 ki 被改成 ci), 怀疑，犹豫，心烦意乱。【过】 ~cchi。【过分】 ~chita。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+cikicchati] lit. “dis-reflect,” to be distracted in thought, i. e. to doubt, hesitate D.I,106; S.II,17, 50, 54; III,122, 135; J.IV,272 (2 sg. vicikicchase); SnA 451; DA.I,275; -- pp. vicikicchita. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicikicchin: {'def': 'see ve°. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicikicchita: {'def': '(nt.) [pp. of vicikicchati] doubt Pv IV.1³⁷. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicikicchā: {'def': '【阴】怀疑，不确定。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. vicikicchati] doubt, perplexity, uncertainty (one of the nīvaraṇas) D.I,246; III,49, 216, 234, 269; S.I,99; III,106 sq. (dhammesu v. doubt about the precepts); IV,350; A.III,292, 438; IV,68, 144 sq.; V,144; Sn.343, 437, 540; Vv 81 (=soḷasa-vatthuka-vicikicchā VvA.317); J.II,266; Pug.59; Vbh.168, 341, 364; Dhs.425; Nett 11; Tikp 108, 122, 152 sq., 171, 255, 275; Dukp 170 sq., 265 sq., 289 sq.; Vism.471 (=vigatā cikicchā ti v. etc.), 599 sq.; VbhA.209; VvA.156; MA 116; Sdhp.459. -- As adj. (-°) vicikiccha, e. g. tiṇṇa° one who has overcome all doubt D.I,71, 110; M.I,18; A.II,211; III,92; 297 sq.; IV,186; 210. -- See also Cpd. 242; Dhs. trsl. § 425 n. 1; and cp. kathaṅkathā, kicchati, vecikicchin. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】1怀疑佛法僧等。2.不确定。《法集论》Dhammasaṅgaṇī, (PTS:1264)：Tattha katamaṁ vicikicchānīvaraṇaṁ? 1Satthari kaṅkhati vicikicchati, 2dhamme kaṅkhati vicikicchati, 3saṅghe kaṅkhati vicikicchati, 4sikkhāya kaṅkhati vicikicchati, 5pubbante kaṅkhati vicikicchati, 6aparante kaṅkhati vicikicchati, 7pubbantāparante kaṅkhati vicikicchati, 8idappaccayatā paṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu kaṅkhati vicikicchati. Yā evarūpā 1kaṅkhā 2kaṅkhāyanā 3kaṅkhāyitattaṁ 4vimati 5vicikicchā 6dveḷhakaṁ 7dvedhāpatho 8saṁsayo 9anekaṁsaggāho 10āsappanā 11parisappanā 12apariyogāhanā 13thambhitattaṁ cittassa manovilekho--idaṁ vuccati vicikicchānīvaraṇaṁ.(什么是疑盖？1对大师怀疑、疑惑，2对法怀疑、疑惑，3对僧怀疑、疑惑，4对戒怀疑、疑惑，5对过去怀疑、疑惑，6对未来(后际)怀疑、疑惑，7对过去未来怀疑、疑惑，8对此缘法、缘起法怀疑、疑惑。像这样1怀疑、2疑难、3疑虑、4困惑、5疑惑、6二分、7犹豫不决(在叉路)、8踌躇、9蓄含种种紧握(疑问重重)、10爬行(站不住脚)、11完全爬行、12不清、13顽固心的困惑，这是所谓的疑盖。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicinana: {'def': '【中】差别，选择。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vicinati] discrimination Vism.162. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】差别，选择。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicinati: {'def': '(°cināti) [vi+cināti] 1. to investigate, examine, discriminate S.I,34 (yoniso vicine dhammaṁ); A.IV,3 sq. (id.); Sn.658, 933; Ap 42; J.VI,373; Nd¹ 398; Nett 10, 22 (grd. vicetabba), 25 sq.; Miln.298; Dpvs.IV,2; DhsA.147; PvA.140; Sdhp.344. -- ger. viceyya discriminating; with discrimination D.II,21 (doubled: with careful discrimⁿ); III,167 (°pekkhitar); Sn.524 sq.; usually in phrase viceyya-dāna a gift given with discrimination S.I,21; A.IV,244; J.IV,361; V,395; Pv.II,9⁷²; DhA.III,221; Mhvs 5, 35. -- 2. to look for, to seek, to linger, to choose Pv III,6⁴ (aor. vicini=gavesi C.); IV,1⁴² (ger. viceyya=vicinitvā PvA.240); J.I,419. -- See also pacinati. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Vicināti (vi+ci +nā), 1.考虑，区别，选择，收集(to investigate, examine, discriminate, yoniso vicine dhammaṁ,从根源区别法)。【过】vicini。【过分】vicita。【现分】vicinanta。【独】vicinitvā。grd. vicetabba。ger. viceyya。2. 盼望，寻求(to look for, to seek, to linger, to choose)。aor. vicini=gavesi。ger. viceyya=vicinitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicinteti: {'def': '[vi+cinteti] to think, consider Sn.1023; Mhvs 4, 28 (vicintiya, ger.); 17, 38. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + cit + e), 重新考虑，考虑。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~tita。【现分】 ~tenta。【独】 ~tetvā。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+cit+e), 重新考虑，考虑。【过】vicintesi。【过分】vicintita。【现分】vicintenta。【独】vicintetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicintiya: {'def': '(vicinteti‘考虑’的【独】) 关心了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicināti: {'def': '(vi + ci + nā), 考虑，区别，选择，收集。【过】 vicini。【过分】 vicita。【现分】 vicinanta。【独】 ~nitvā。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vicita: {'def': '(vicināti 的【过分】)。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vicināti考虑] 的【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vi+ci to gather] in phrase °kāḷaka bhatta rice from which the black grains have been separated D.I,105; M.II,8; DA.I,274; as vicita-bhatta in same sense at J.IV,371. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicitta: {'def': '【形】杂色的，花式字体的，装饰的。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(& °citra) (adj.) [vi+citta¹] various, variegated, coloured, ornamented, etc. J.I,18, 83; Pv.II,1⁹; Vv 64¹⁰ (citra); Miln.338, 349; VvA.2, 77; Sdhp.92, 245. -- vicitra-kathika eloquent Miln.196. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】1.杂色的，花式字体的，装饰的。2.考虑。DhsA.CS:p.92： …vicittaṭṭhena vā cittā.(…或考虑，为‘心’)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viciṇṇa: {'def': '(vicināti 的【过分】)。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vicāreti] thought out; in neg. a° not thought out; reading however doubtful, better to be taken as adhiciṇṇa, i. e. procedure, method D.I,8= M.II,3=S.III,12 (vi° as v. l.). -- DA.I,91 reads āciṇṇa (cp. M.I,372). (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '[vicāreti考虑] 的【过分】，已重新考虑，已处理(thought out; in neg. a° not thought out; reading however doubtful, better to be taken as adhiciṇṇa, i. e. procedure, method). -- DA.I,91 reads āciṇṇa (cp. M.I,372).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicuṇṇa: {'def': '[vi+cuṇṇa] crushed up, only in redupl.-iter. formation cuṇṇa-vicuṇṇa crushed to bits, piecemeal J.I,26; III,438 etc. See under cuṇṇa. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】粉碎的，弄成粉的，打碎的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】粉碎的，弄成粉的，打碎的。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vicuṇṇeti: {'def': '(vi + cuṇṇ + e), 压破，使碎裂成粉，打碎。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~ṇita。【独】 ~ṇetvā。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+cuṇṇ+e), 压破，使碎裂成粉，打碎。【过】vicuṇṇesi。【过分】vicuṇṇita。【独】vicuṇṇetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicuṇṇita: {'def': '[pp. of vi+cuṇṇeti] crushed up J.I,203 (viddhasta+). (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicāliya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of vi+cāleti] in neg. a° not to be shaken, not wavering Sdhp.444. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicāra: {'def': '[vi+cāra] investigation, examination, consideration, deliberation. -- Def^d as “vicaraṇaṁ vicāro, anusañcaraṇan ti vuttaṁ hoti” Vism.142 (see in def. under vitakka). -- Hardly ever by itself (as at Th.1, 1117 mano°), usually in close connection or direct combⁿ with vitakka (q. v.). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 Vicāraṇa, 【中】 Vicāraṇā, 【阴】调查，管理，计划。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '伺', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '(vi+car漫游),【阳】vicāraṇa,【中】vicāraṇā,【阴】伺，调查，管理，计划。《分别论》〈禅那分别品〉(Vbh.565.)： Tattha katamo vicāro? Yo 1cāro 2vicāro 3anuvicāro 4upavicāro 5cittassa anusandhanatā 6anupekkhanatā-- ayaṁ vuccati vicāro. Iti (CS:p.267) iminā ca vitakkena iminā ca vicārena upeto hoti …pe… samannāgato. Tena vuccati “savitakkaṁ savicāran”ti. (什么叫做「伺(察)」？凡是1伺 (cāro侦查)、2伺察(vicāro)、3随伺(anucāro紧跟著伺察)、4近伺(upacāro靠近伺察)、5心的随属(cittassa anu-sandhanatā)、6熟虑(anupekkhanatā)，这称为‘伺’。以此等已赋予寻、伺之意。…成就。这即是说有寻、有伺。)（六个同义词中，最能表达「伺」的性质及作用的是「心的随属」，即专注在所缘上，「伺」紧接著「寻」之后。「伺」不包括在在第三禅以上的禅那。）', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicāraka: {'def': '【阳】调查者，处理者，管理人员。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vicāreti] 1. looking after something; watching J.I,364 (ghara°). -- 2. investigating; (n.) a judge Mhvs 35, 18. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】调查者，处理者，管理人员。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vicāraṇa: {'def': '【中】vicāraṇā,【阴】1.调查。2.管理。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 Vicāraṇā, 【阴】 1. 调查。 2. 管理。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vicāraṇā: {'def': '(f.) & a° (nt.) [fr. vicāreti] 1. investigation, search, attention Sn.1108, 1109 (f. & nt.); J.III,73 (°paññā). -- 2. arranging, planning, looking after; scheme J.I,220; II,404 (yuddha°); VI,333 sq. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vicāreti: {'def': '[Caus. of vicarati] 1. to make go round, to pass round, to distribute PvA.272 (salākaṁ). -- 2. to think (over) S.V,156 (vitakketi+). -- 3. to investigate, examine, test J.II,413; III,258; VvA.336 (a° to omit examining). -- 4. to plan, consider, construct J.II,404; VI,333. -- 5. to go about (some business), to look after, administer, provide J.II,287; III,378; Mhvs 35, 19 (rajjaṁ); PvA.93 (kammante). -- pp. vicārita & viciṇṇa. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+car移动+e), 重新考虑，处理，计划，管理。【过】vicāresi。【过分】vicārita。【现分】vicārenta。【独】vicāretvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + car + e), 重新考虑，处理，计划，管理。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~rita。【现分】 ~renta。【独】 ~retvā。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vicārita: {'def': '[pp. of vicāreti] thought out, considered; thought D.I,37 (vitakkita+, like vitakka-vicāra, cp. DA.I,122), 213 (id.); SnA 385. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidahati: {'def': '[vi+dahati; dhā] to arrange, appoint, assign; to provide; to practise. -- Pres. vidahati: see saṁ°; vidadhāti J.VI,537; vidheti J.V,107. Pot. vidahe Sn.927 (=vidaheyya Nd¹ 382); aor. vidahi J.V,347.‹-› Perf. 3^rd pl. vidadhu [Sk. vidadhuḥ] J.VI,284.‹-› inf. vidhātuṁ Vin.I,303 (bhesajjaṁ); ger. vidhāya Mhvs 26, 12 (ārakkhaṁ, posting a guard). -- grd. vidheyya in meaning “obedient,” tractable J.VI,291. -- pp. vihita. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + dha + a), 安排，处理，指挥。【过】 vidahi。【过分】 vihita,vidahita。【独】 ~hitvā。(p289)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+dhā(梵dhā, dadh)放+a), 安排，处理，指定，供应(to arrange, appoint, assign; to provide; to practise)。【过】vidahi。【过分】vihita, vidahita。【独】vidahitvā。vidadhāti J VI.537; vidheti J V.107; Pot. vidahe Sn 927 (=vidaheyya Nd1 382); perf. 3rd pl. vidadhu [Sk. vidadhuh] J VI.284.; inf. vidhātuṁ; ger. vidhāya; grd. vidheyya.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidanseti: {'def': '[vi+daṁseti=dasseti] to make appear, to show A.I,261; Th.2, 74; J.V,196; Miln.39. Cp. pa°. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidatthi: {'def': '【阴】（一）拃〔长度量词：表示张开的大拇指和小指两端的距离〕。(p289)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. Vedic vitasti; see Geiger, P.Gr. 38³] a span (of 12 aṅgulas or finger-breadths) Vin.III,149 (dīghaso dvādasa vidatthiyo sugata-vidatthiyā); IV,279; J.I,337; III,318; Miln.85; Vism.65, 124, 171, 175, 408; DhA.III,172; IV,220; VbhA.343 (dvādas’ aṅgulāni vidatthi; dve vidatthiyo ratanaṁ, etc.). (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(cp. Vedic vitasti),【阴】(一)张手(a span)，长度量词(a span (of 12 aṅgulas or finger-breadths))：表示张开的大拇指和中指两端的距离，大概九英寸。善逝一张手(Sugata-vidatthi)，等於中等身材的人之张手的三倍。Sp.Pārā.III,567︰Sugatavidatthiyāti Sugatavidatthi nāma idāni majjhimassa purisassa tisso vidatthiyo vaḍḍhakīhatthena diyaḍḍho hattho hoti.(善逝掌张距︰善逝掌张距等於中等身材的人之张手的三倍，木匠的手一又二分之一。)《善见律毗婆沙》(T24.764c)：「佛一指距是常人三指距」。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidaḍḍha: {'def': '[vi+daḍḍha] in redupl.-iter. cpd. daḍḍhavidaḍḍha-gatta “with limbs all on fire” Miln.303. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidaṁsaka: {'def': '(ad.) [fr. vidaṁseti] showing; danta° showing one’s teeth (referring to laughter) A.I,261; J.III,222. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddasu: {'def': '(another form of vidvā=Sk. vidvān),【阳】【形】智者；有智的(skilled, wise；M I.65.Gen. sg. & Nom. pl. viddasuno)。【反】aviddasu；pl. aviddasū (=bāla C.，=aviññū)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】智者。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [another form of vidvā=Sk. vidvān: see under vindati] skilled, wise M.I,65 (Gen. sg. & Nom. pl. viddasuno), 310 (id.). Usually in neg. form aviddasu foolish Vin.II,296=A.II,56 (pl. aviddasū); S.V,1; Th.2, 164 (pl. aviddasū); Sn.762 (=bāla C.); Dh.268=Nd² 514 (=aviññū DhA.III,395); PvA.18. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddesa: {'def': '【阳】敌意。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】敌意。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. vi+disa] enmity, hatred J.III,353; ThA.268. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddesanā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. formation fr. viddesa, cp. disatā²] enmity Th.2, 446; J.III,353. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddesin: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [vi+desin; see dessin] hating; an enemy Th.1, 547. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddessati: {'def': '[vi+dessati] to hate Th.2, 418. -- grd. viddesanīya to be hated, hateful Sdhp.82. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddha: {'def': '² (adj.) [cp. *Sk. vīdhra clear sky] clear; only in phrase viddha vigata-valāhaka deva a clear sky without a cloud Vin.I,3; M.I,317=S.I,65=III,156=V.44=It.20. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [pp. of vijjhati] pierced, perforated; hit, struck, hurt Sn.331; Nd¹ 414 (sallena); Miln.251 (eaten through by worms); Sdhp.201 (kaṇṭakena). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vijjhati 的【过分】), 已刺穿，已射击，已打。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vijjhati 的【过分】), 已刺穿，已射击，已打。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viddhasta: {'def': '[pp. of viddhaṁsati] fallen to pieces, broken, destroyed M.I,227; A.II,50; Sn.542; J.I,203; V,69, 401; Vv 63¹⁴ (=vinaṭṭha VvA.265). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddhaŋsaka: {'def': '【形】破坏者，带来破坏的。 ~sana, 【中】破坏，毁灭。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viddhaŋseti: {'def': '(vi + dhaŋs + e), 毁，破坏。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~sita,viddhasta。【独】 ~setvā。【现分】 ~senta。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viddhaṁsa: {'def': '[fr. vidhaṁsati] demolition, destruction J.IV,58 (°kārin). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddhaṁsaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. viddhaṁsana] destroying DhsA.165. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】破坏者，带来破坏的。viddhaṁsana,【中】破坏，毁灭。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viddhaṁsana: {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [fr. viddhaṁseti; cp. BSk. vidhvaṁsana Divy 180] shattering, destruction (trs. & intrs.), undoing, making disappear; adj. destroying S.IV,83; Miln.351 (kosajja°); J.I,322; V,267 (adj.); Vism.85 (vikkhepa+); VvA.58, 161 (adj.). -- Often in phrase (denoting complete destruction): anicc-ucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaṁsana-dhamma, e. g. D.I,76; M.I,500; A.IV,386; J.I,146 [cp. Divy 180: śatanapatana-vikiraṇa-vidhvaṁsana-dharmatā; see also under vikiraṇa]. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddhaṁsanatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. formation fr. viddhaṁsana] quality of destruction, ability to destroy Vism.8. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddhaṁsati: {'def': '[vi+dhaṁsati] to fall down, to be shattered, to be ruined Miln.237; PvA.125 (Pot. °eyya). --Caus. viddhaṁseti to shatter, to destroy S.III,190 (both trs. & intrs., the latter for °ati); J.II,298; III,431; V,100; DA.I,265; Nd¹ 5 (vikirati vidhameti viddhaṁseti: see also under vikirati). -- pp. viddhasta & viddhaṁsita.‹-› Pass. viddhaṁsīyati to drop or to be destroyed, to come to ruin DA.I,18=DhsA.19 (suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti na v.). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddhaṁseti: {'def': '(vi+dhaṁs落下﹑毁灭+e), 毁，破坏。【过】viddhaṁsesi。【过分】viddhaṁsita, viddhasta。【独】viddhaṁsetvā。【现分】viddhaṁsenta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viddhaṁsita: {'def': '[pp. of viddhaṁseti] shattered, destroyed DhA.III,129. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viddhā: {'def': 'poet. ger. of vijjhati J.VI,77. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Videsa: {'def': '【阳】外国。videsasati, videsasī,【形】外国的，外国人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】外国。 ~sati, ~sī, 【形】外国的，外国人。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+desa; cp. disā at Vin.I,50] foreign country Miln.326; VvA.338. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidha: {'def': '1 (vidha-) (=vidhā)【形】(在【合】中) 属於…类型的，由…组成的， anekavidha, 多种。nānāvidha,各种。bahuvidha, 多种(manifold)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】 (在【合】中) 属于…类型的，由…组成的，…种。 Nānāvidha =多种。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '2 (=vidha1),【名】形式(form), 种类(kind)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ (adj. (-°) [=vidhā] of a kind, consisting of, --fold, e. g. aneka° manifold DA.I,103; tathā° of such-kind, such-like Sn.772; ti° threefold D.I,134; Sn.509; nānā° various PvA.53, 96, 113; bahu° manifold ThA.197; etc. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [=vidha¹ as noun] form, kind Th.1, 428 (māna°). -- There are several other meanings of vidha, which are, however, uncertain & rest on doubtful readings. Thus it occurs at Vin.II,136 in meaning of “buckle” (v. l. pīṭha; C. silent); at Vin.IV,168 in meaning “little box” (?); at DA.I,269 as “carrying pole” (=kāca², but text D.I,101 has “vividha”). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhamaka: {'def': '【形】破坏者，破坏的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】破坏者，破坏的。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vidhamati] one who throws away or does away with; destroying, clearing away Miln.344 (kilesa-mala-duggandha°). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhamana: {'def': '【中】破坏，毁。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】破坏，毁。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vidhamati] destroying, scattering, dispersing Miln.244 (Maccu-sena°). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhamati: {'def': '& Vidhameti [vi+dhamā in particular meaning of blowing i. e. driving asunder, cp. dhamati] (trs.) to destroy, ruin; do away with, scatter. -- (intrs.) to drop off, fall away, to be scattered, to roll or whirl about. ‹-› Both vidhamati & °eti are used indiscriminately, although the Caus. °eti occurs mostly in meaning of “destroy.” (1) vidhamati: S.III,190; J.I,284 (in play of words with dhamati to blow; aor. vidhami=viddhaṁsesi C.); VI,490 (vidhamaṁ te raṭṭhaṁ, is ruined); Miln.91, 226 (Mārasenaṁ), 237, 337 (intrs., with vikirati & viddhaṁsati). -- (2) vidhameti: Nd¹ 5; J.III,261 (poet. vidhamemasi [write °se!]=vidhamema, nāsema C.); V,309; Miln.39; PvA.168. -- pp. vidhamita. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + dham + a), 破坏，毁灭，散布。【过】 vidhami。【过分】~mita。【独】 ~mitvā。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+dham+a), 破坏，毁灭，散布。【过】vidhami。【过分】viddhamita。【独】viddhamitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidhameti: {'def': '(vi + dham + e), = vidhamati。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhamita: {'def': '[pp. of vidhamati] destroyed Nd² 576^A. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhavā: {'def': '【阴】寡妇。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】寡妇。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic vidhavā widow, vidhu lonely, vidhura separaṭed, Av. vidavā=Goth. widuwō=Ohg. wituwa (Ger. Witwe=E. widow); Gr. h)i/qeos unmarried; Lat. vidua widow, etc., in all Idg. languages] a widow S.I,170; A.III,128; J.VI,33; Miln.288; Vism.17; PvA.65, 161; VbhA.339. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidheyya: {'def': '【形】服从的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】服从的。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhi: {'def': '【阳】方法，路线，运气，命运，形式。 ~nā, 【副】在适当的方法中。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. vi+dhā, cp. Ved. vidhi] 1. form, way; rule, direction, disposition, method, motto Vism.278 (manasikāra°, eightfold); PvA.78 (dāna°=dāna), 126; VvA.82. -- Instr. vidhinā in due form Mhvs 14, 52; PvA.130; Sdhp.336. -- 2. luck, destiny J.II,243 (°rahita unlucky). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】方法，路线，运气，命运，形式。vidhinā,【副】在适当的方法中。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidhunāti: {'def': '(vi+dhu+nā), 抖落，摆脱，除去。【过】vidhuni。【过分】vidhūta, vidhunita。【独】vidhunitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+dhunāti] to shake S.I,197; Miln.399; Vism.71. -- 2. to remove, to skin (an animal) Vin.I,193. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + dhu + nā), 抖落，摆脱，除去。【过】 vidhuni。【过分】 vidhūta,vidhunita。【独】 ~nitvā。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhura: {'def': '(vi+dhura)﹐【形】无比的。【阳】有巧之奋斗。Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu āraddhavīriyo viharati akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ pahānāya, kusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ upasampadāya, thāmavā daḷhaparakkamo anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesu.Evaṁ kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vidhuro hoti.(诸比丘！有比丘，发起精进而住，断不善法，成满善法，具有力，坚固勇猛求善法而不休息。诸比丘！如是比丘为有巧之奋斗。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic vidhura: see vidhavā] 1. destitute, lonely; miserable, wretched J.V,399 (so read for vidura; according to Kern, Toev. s. v., but doubtful). ‹-› 2. [vi+dhura] “burdenless,” unequalled Sn.996 (=vigata-dhura, appaṭima SnA 583); A.I,116 (here in meaning “clever,” perhaps=vidura; spelt vidhūra). Cp. Np. Vidhura KhA 128; SnA 201 (as Vidhūra at J.IV,361). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhurasañjīva: {'def': '﹐【阳】出现於世。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidhutika: {'def': '[etym.?] a wreath Vin.II,10; III,180. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhā: {'def': '3﹐【阴】慢(=māna)。Tisso vidhā--seyyohamasmīti vidhā, sadisohamasmīti vidhā, hīnohamasmīti vidhā(三慢：「我胜」慢、「我等」慢、「我劣」慢。)(D.33./III,216.) SA.18.22.：Vidhā samatikkantanti mānakoṭṭhāse suṭṭhu atikkantaṁ.(超越慢：善超越‘慢’的部份)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. vidhā] 1. mode, manner, sort, kind; proportion, form, variety D.III,103 (ādesana°); Th.2, 395 (cakkhu° “shape of an eye” trslⁿ); VbhA.496 (in explⁿ of kathaṁ-vidha: “ākāra-saṇṭhānaṁ vidhā nāma”); DA.I,222 (iddhi°), 294 (in explⁿ of tividha-yañña: “ettha vidhā vuccati ṭhapanā” i. e. performance, arrangement), 299 (similarly tisso vidhā=tīṇi ṭhapanāni; of yañña). -- Used as (Abl.) adv. vidhā in meaning “variously” at Pv.II,9⁵² (C. explⁿ=vidhātabba, not quite correctly; PvA.135). Perhaps the phrase vidhāsamatikkanta is to be explained in this way, viz. “excelling in a variety of ways, higher than a variety (of things)” or perhaps better: “going beyond all distinctions” (i. e. of personality); free from prejudice [i. e. No. 2] S.II,253; III,80, 136, 170; A.IV,53. ‹-› 2. (ethically) in special sense: a distinctive feature (of a person as diff. from others), a “mode” of pride or delusion, a “form” of conceit. As such specified as three kinds of conceit (tisso vidhā), viz. “seyyo ‘ham asmi,” “sadiso ‘ham asmi,” & “hīno ‘ham asmi” (i. e. I am better than somebody else, equal to, & worse than somebody else). See e. g. D.III,216; S.I,12; III,48, 80, 127; V,56, 98; Nd¹ 195; Vbh.367; Sn.842; VbhA.496 (māno va vidhā nāma). -- The adj. form is vidha: see sep. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】自负，自傲，慢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】自负，自傲。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhāna: {'def': '【中】安排，命令，表现，程序。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+dhā; Vedic vidhāna] 1. arrangement, get up, performance, process J.III,178 (attano vidhānena “in his robes of office”); Vism.66 sq.; DhsA.168=Vism.122 (bhāvanā°); VbhA.69, 71 (manasikāra°); ThA.273 (id.). -- 2. ceremony, rite J.VI,202 (yañña°); Miln.3. -- 3. assignment, disposition, provision J.II,208 (vidhi-vidhāna-ññū; C. expl^d v. as “koṭṭhāso vā saṁvidahanaṁ vā”); PvA.30. -- 4. succession (as much as “supplement”) KhA 216; SnA 23 (note 2). -- Cp. saṁvidahana & saṁvidhāna. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】安排，命令，表现，过程。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidhānavant: {'def': '(adj.) [vidhāna+vant] making dispositions, careful in providing, circumspect, considerable J.VI,287. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhātar: {'def': '[n. ag. of vidahati] provider, disposer J.V,221 (dhātā vidhātā, as of Viśvakarman: cp. Macdonell, Vedic Mythology p. 118). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhātu: {'def': '【阳】造物主。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】造物主。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidhāvana: {'def': '【中】乱跑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】乱跑。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhāvati: {'def': '[vi+dhāvati] to run about, roam, cover space (Acc.), stray S.I,37; Sn.411, 939; Nd¹ 414; DA.I,39. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+dhāv追+a), 乱跑，漫游。【过】vidhāvi。【独】vidhāvitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + dhāv + a), 乱跑，漫游。【过】 vidhāvi。【独】 ~vitvā。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhāyaka: {'def': '[fr. vi+dhā] providing PvA.60. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】安排者，处理者，执行者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】安排者，处理者，执行者。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhūma: {'def': '(& vidhuma) (adj.) [vi+dhūma] “without smoke,” i. e. passionless, quiet, emancipated S.I,141 (K.S.: “no fume of vice is his”); Sn.460 (=kodhadhūma-vigamena v. SnA 405), 1048 (cp. Nd² 576 with long exegesis); Pv IV.1³⁴ (=vigata-micchā-vitakkadhūma PvA.230). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无烟的，没热情的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】无烟的，没热情的。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhūpana: {'def': '【中】扇子(=f. bījanī)，铺开，调味料，忿恨。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [fr. vidhūpeti] fanning, a fan Vin.II,130; IV,263; A.II,130; Nd² 562; Vv 33⁴² (=caturassa vījani) VvA.147; VbhA.71. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】扇子，铺开，调味料，忿恨。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidhūpeti: {'def': '(°dhūpayati) [vi+dhūpayati] 1. to fumigate, perfume, diffuse Miln.252. -- 2. to scatter, destroy Vin.I,2 (vidhūpayaṁ Māra-senaṁ); S.I,14; III,90=A.V,325; S.IV,210; Ps.II,167. -- pp. vidhūpita. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + dhup + e), 加味于，扇，使发香，散布。【过】 ~pesi。【过分】 ~pita。【现分】 ~penta。【独】 ~petvā。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+dhup+e), 加味於，扇，使发香，散布。【过】vidhūpesi。【过分】vidhūpita。【现分】vidhūpenta。【独】vidhūpetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidhūpita: {'def': '[pp. of vidhūpeti] scattered, destroyed Sn.472 (=daḍḍha SnA 409); Ud.71 (so read for vidūpita). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidhūta: {'def': '(Vidhunāti的【过分】) 抖落，摆脱，除去。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidisā: {'def': '(f.) [vi+disā] an intermediate point of the compass S.I,224; III,239; Sn.1122; J.I,20, 101; VI,6, 531. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+disā),【阴】四维、四隅(东北、东南、西北、西南；东南两大方向的中间方向是东南〔巴利文写法的直译：东的中间方向；即指—东南〕，南西两大方向的中间方向是西南〔巴利文写法的直译：南的中间方向；即指—西南〕。《清净道论》叶均译为：隅；东隅—东南，南隅—西南)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】中间的方向（即：东南西北四大方向，顺时针方向，两个方向的中间方向；例：东南两大方向的中间方向是东南〔巴利文写法的直译：东的中间方向；即指—东南〕，南西两大方向的中间方向是西南〔巴利文写法的直译：南的中间方向；即指—西南〕。《清净道论》叶均译为：偶；东偶—东南，南偶—西南）。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidita: {'def': '(词根 vid 的【过分】), 已知道，已发现。viditatta,【中】已知的事实。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(词根 vid 的【过分】), 已知道，已发现。 ~tatta, 【中】已知的事实。(p289)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vindati] known, found (out) D.III,100; S.V,180; Sn.436, 1052; Mhvs 17, 4; DA.I,135 (a°). (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viditatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. vidita] the fact of having found or known, experience J.II,53. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidomanassā: {'def': '(f.) [vi+domanassa] absence of dejection Vism.504=VbhA.105. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidugga: {'def': '【中】困难的通道，难接近的城堡。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】困难的通道，难接近的城堡。nadīvidugga,【中】深渊。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [vi+dugga] hard to walk; troublesome, difficult, painful. -- (m.) difficult passage; difficulty, distress D.III,27; A.III,128; J.III,269; IV,271. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidura: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vid, cp. Sk. vidura] wise, clever J.V,399 (=paṇḍita C.). Cp. vidhura 2. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidvā: {'def': 'see under vindati. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidālana: {'def': '【中】裂开，爆裂。(p289)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹vidāleti),【中】裂开，爆裂(breaking open, bursting, splitting)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vidāleti] breaking open, bursting, splitting Miln.1. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidāleti: {'def': '劈开，撕碎。参考Vidāreti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '参考 Vidāreti。(p289)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+dāleti; see dalati] to break open, split, burst Th.1, 184; PvA.135, 185. -- pp. vidālita. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidālita: {'def': '[pp. of vidāleti] split, broken, burst J.I,493; PvA.220. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vidāleti的【过分】), 已扯破，已劈开(split, broken, burst)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidāraṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vidāreti] splitting, rending Dhtp 247 (in explⁿ of dar), 381 (do of bhid). (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】撕碎，裂开。(p289)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(fr. vidāreti),【中】撕碎，裂开(splitting, rending)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vidāreti: {'def': '[vi+dāreti: see under darī] to split, rend J.I,340. -- pp. vidārita. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+dar+e), 劈开，撕碎(to split, rend)。【过】vidāresi。【过分】vidārita。【现分】vidārenta。【独】vidāretvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + dar + e), 劈开，撕碎。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~rita。【现分】~renta。【独】 ~retvā。(p289)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidārita: {'def': '[pp. of vidāreti] split, rent Sdhp.381. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidū: {'def': '【形】明智的，对…熟练的。【阳】智者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】明智的，对…熟练的。【阳】智者。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic vidu] clever, wise, knowing, skilled in (-°) S.I,62 (loka°); V,197; Vin.II,241 (pl. paracittaviduno); Sn.677 (vidūhi), 996; J.V,222 (dhamma°); Vv 30¹¹ (=sappañña VvA.127); Miln.276; Mhvs 15, 51 (ṭhān’âṭhāṇa° knowing right & wrong sites). -- In Pass. sense in dubbidū hard to know J.V,446. -- For vidū (vidu) “they knew” see vindati. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidūpita: {'def': 'at Ud.71 (vitakkā vidūpitā) is to be read as vidhūpita. (Page 621)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vidūra: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+dūra] far, remote, distant A.II,50 (su°). Mostly neg. a° not far, i. e. near Sn.147; PvA.14, 31, 78, 81. (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】遥远的，远的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】遥远的，远的。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidūseti: {'def': '(vi+dus+e), 1.破坏，污染。2.诽谤。3.虐待。参考 dūseti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '参考 dūseti。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vidūsita: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+dūsita] corrupted, depraved PvA.178 (°citta). (Page 622)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vidūseti 的【过分】), 已腐烂，已堕落。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vidūseti 的【过分】), 已腐烂，已堕落。(p290)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vigacchati: {'def': '(vi + gam + a), 离开，消失，走开。【过】 ~cchi。【现分】 ~chanta,~chamāna。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+gam去+a), 离开，消失，走开。【过】vigacchi。【现分】vigacchanta, vigacchamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+gacchati] to depart, disappear; to decrease D.I,138 (bhogakkhandha vigacchissati); Sdhp.523. ‹-› pp. vigata. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vigalita: {'def': '(vigalati 的【过分】), 已转移，已降落。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vigalati 的【过分】), 已转移，已降落。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vigama: {'def': '【阳】 Vigamana, 【中】离开，消失，走开。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(-°) [fr. vi+gam] going away, disappearance, departing, departure Dāvs.V,68 (sabb’āsava°); DhsA.166; Sdhp.388 (jighacchā°), 503 (sandeha°). (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】vigamana,【中】离开，消失，走开(going away, disappearance, departing, departure)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vigarahati: {'def': '(vi+garah+a), 狠狠地责骂，辱骂。【过】vigarahi。【独】vigarahitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + garah + a), 狠狠地责骂，辱骂。【过】 ~rahi。【独】~rahitvā。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+garahati] to scold (intensely), to abuse Vin.II,161 (dhammiṁ kathaṁ); III,46; S.I,30 (ariyadhammaṁ); Miln.227. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vigata: {'def': '(°-) [pp. of vigacchati, in act. (reflexive) & medpass. function] gone away, disappeared, ceased; having lost or foregone (for-gone=vi-gata), deprived of, being without; often to be trsl^d simply as prep. “without.” It nearly always occurs in compⁿ, where it precedes the noun. By itself rare, e. g. Sn.483 (sārambhā yassa vigatā); VvA.33 (padumā mā vigatā hotu). Otherwise as follows: °āsa Pug.27; °āsava SnA 51; °icchā Dh.359; °khila Sn.19; °cāpalla D.I,115; DA.I,286; °chavivaṇṇa ThA.80 (=vivaṇṇa); °jīvita PvA.40; °paccaya Vism.541; Tikp 7, 21, 59; °paṭighāta DhA.IV,176; °mada Mhvs 34, 94; °raja Sn.517; J.I,117; °valita PvA.153. Cp. vīta° in similar application and meaning. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vigacchati的【过分】), 已走开、已停止、已剥夺、已离去(gone away, disappeared, ceased; having lost or foregone (for-gone=vi-gata), deprived of, being without)，已没有(= vīta)。vigatakhila,【形】无硬结的。vigataraja,【形】无污秽的。vigatāsa,【形】无欲望的。vigatāsava,【形】无漏的，圣人。cf. vīta(【过分】已无，已没有)。avigata,【反】未离去，不离去。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vigayha: {'def': '(vigāhati 的【独】), 进入了，跳进了。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'see vigāhati. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vigāhati 的【独】), 进入了，跳进了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vigaḷati: {'def': '[vi+galati] to drop Miln.250. -- pp. vigaḷita. Cp. vinigaḷati. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vigaḷita: {'def': '[pp. of vigaḷati] dropping, dripping (down) PvA.56. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viggaha: {'def': '【阳】争论，吵架，身体，将词分解为词素。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】争论，吵架，身体，将词分解为词素。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. vi+gah: see gaṇhati 3] 1. dispute, quarrel J.I,208 (ñātakānaṁ aññamaññaṁ viggaho); Miln.90; often comb^d with kalaha, e. g. Vin.II,88; A.IV,401; Nd¹ 302; Miln.383. -- 2. taking up form (lit. seizing on), “incorporation,” form, body D.II,210=226 (sovaṇṇo viggaho mānusaṁ viggahaṁ atirocati); Vin.I,97 (manussa°); II,286 (id.); IV,215 (tiracchānagata-manussa°), 269 (id.); J.V,398=405 (=sarīra C); VI,188 (rucira°); Dāvs.I,42 (uju-somma°). -- 3. (t.t.g.) resolution of words into their elements, analysis, separation of words Miln.381; VvA.226 (pada°); SnA 168; ThA.202 (pada°). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viggahita: {'def': '[pp. of viggaṇhati] taken hold of, seized; prejudiced against, seduced by (-), in phrase dhamm’uddhacca-viggahita-mānasa A.II,157; Ps.II,101. Cp. BSk. vigrāhita, e. g. AvŚ I.83=308 (Ajātaśatru Devadatta°); Divy 419, 557, 571; Jtm 143, 146. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(viggaṇhati的【过分】)﹐异执，诱惑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viggayha: {'def': '(viggaṇhāti 的【独】), 争论了，分析了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(viggaṇhāti 的【独】), 争论了，分析了。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viggaṇhati: {'def': '(vi+grah握持)﹐异执，身，身体。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+gaṇhati] 1. to take hold of, to quarrel, to be in disharmony with; only in ger. viggayha disputing, quarrelling, fighting Vin.II,106 (read gg for g! Bdhgh on p. 315: rubbing against each other); Ud.69; Sn.844, 878; Nd¹ 285 (=uggahetvā parāmasitvā). ‹-› 2. to stretch out, disperse, divide, spread; ger. viggayha Vv 50¹ (hattha-pāde v.; expl^d as “vividhehi ākārehi gahetvā” VvA.209). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viggāhika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. viggaha] of the nature of dispute or quarrel; only in cpd. °kathā quarrelsome speech, dispute D.I,8; S.V,419; Sn.930; DA.I,91. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viggāhikakathā: {'def': '【阴】好争论的演讲。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】好争论的演讲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vighaṭṭana: {'def': '【中】撞。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】撞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vighaṭṭita: {'def': '[vi+ghaṭṭita] struck, knocked, beaten J.V,203 (a°). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vighāsa: {'def': '【阳】剩饭，残余的食物。vighāsāda,【阳】吃残食的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】残余的食物，残余物。 ~sāda, 【阳】吃残食的人。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(& Vighasa) [fr. vi+ghasati] remains of food, broken meat, scraps Vin.IV,265, 266; J.II,288; III,113, 191, 311 (read °ghasa for metre); V,268 (do.); Sdhp.389.

--âda one who eats the remains of food Vin.I,200 (panca°-satāni) J.I,348; II,96; III,191; DhA.II,128. Also N. of an animal J.VI,538. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vighāta: {'def': '(vi+ghata),【阳】1.破坏，屠杀(destruction, killing, slaughter)。2.恼怒，烦恼(distress, annoyance, upset of mind, trouble, vexation)。3.反对(opposition)。vighātapakkhiyaṁ, 烦恼的成分。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】破坏，苦恼，恼怒，烦恼。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+ghata] 1. destruction, killing, slaughter PvA.150 (vighātaṁ āpajjati=vihaññati). -- as adj. slain, beaten Pv IV.5³ (=vighātavā vihata-bala). ‹-› 2. distress, annoyance, upset of mind, trouble, vexation D.III,249; M.I,510; A.II,197 sq.; IV,161 (°pariḷāha); Sn.814 (=ugghāta pīḷana ghaṭṭana upaddava Nd¹ 140=170); Th.2, 450 (bahu° full of annoyance). -- sa° connected with, or bringing vexation, with opp. a° free of annoyance: S.III,8; V,97; A.I,202 sq.; III,3, 429; Th.2, 352; ThA.242. -- 3. opposition M.I,499.

--pakkhika having its part in adversity, associated with trouble M.I,115; S.V,97; DhsA.382. --bhūmi ground for vexation Sn.830 (cp. Nd¹ 170 with explⁿ as above). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vighātavant: {'def': '(adj.) [vighāta+vant] full of annoyance or vexation S.III,16 sq.; A.II,143 (=discontented); Th.1, 899 (in same connection, neg.); PvA.260 (=distressed). (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vighāteti: {'def': '(vi + han + e), 杀，破坏。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~tita。【独】~tetvā。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+han+e), 杀，破坏。【过】vighātesi。【过分】vighātita。【独】vighātetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vighāṭana: {'def': '【中】打开，解开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】打开，解开。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vighāṭeti] unfastening, breaking up, overthrowing Th.1, 419. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vighāṭeti: {'def': '(vi+ghaṭ +e), 解开，瓦解，打开。【过】vighāṭesi。【过分】vighāṭita。【现分】vighāṭṭenta。【独】vighāṭetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + ghaṭ + e), 解开，瓦解，打开。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~ṭita。【现分】 ~ṭenta。【独】 ~ṭetvā。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vighāṭita: {'def': '[pp. of vighāṭeti, denom. fr. vi+ghāṭa, cp. gantheti] overthrown, destroyed Sdhp.314. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vigāhana: {'def': '【中】跳进，进入，潜水。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】跳进，进入，潜水。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vigāhati: {'def': '(vi+gāh冲进+a), 进入，跳进。【过】vigāhi。【过分】vigāḷha。【现分】vigāhamāna。【独】vigāhitvā, vigāhetvā。【不】vigāhituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + gāh + a), 进入，跳进。【过】 vigāhi。【过分】 vigāḷha。【现分】 vigāhamāna。【独】 vigāhitvā, ~hetvā。【不】 ~hituŋ。(p286)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+gāhati] to plunge into, to enter S.I,180 (ger. vigāhiya); J.V,381 (°gāhisuṁ, aor.); Mhvs 19, 29 (here as °gāhetvā). The ger. is also vigayha at Sn.2, 825; cp. Nd¹ 163 (=ogayha pavisitvā). At Vin.II,106 we should prefer to read viggayha for vigayha. (Page 615)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihaga: {'def': 'vihaṅgama, 【阳】鸟。(p301)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[viha, sky, +ga] a bird (lit. going through the sky) DA.I,46. --°pati lord of birds, a garuḷa Dāvs.IV,33, 38, 55. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'vihaṅgama,【阳】鸟。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vihanati: {'def': '[vi+hanati] to strike, kill, put an end to, remove A.III,248 (kaṅkhaṁ; v. l. vitarati perhaps to be preferred); Sn.673; Pot. 3^rd sg. vihane Sn.975 (cp. Nd¹ 509); & vihāne Sn.348=Th.1, 1268. -- ger. vihacca: see abhi°. -- Pass. vihaññati (q. v.). -- pp. vihata. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + han + a), 杀，结束，除去。【过】 vihani。【独】 vihantvā,vihanitvā。(p301)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+han+a), 杀，结束，除去。【过】vihani。【独】vihantvā, vihanitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viharati: {'def': '[vi+harati] to stay, abide, dwell, sojourn (in a certain place); in general: to be, to live; appl^d: to behave, lead a life (as such expl^d with “iriyati” at Vism.16). Synonyms are given at Vbh.194 with iriyati, vattati, pāleti, yapeti, yāpeti, carati; cp. VbhA.262. ‹-› See e. g. D.I,251; Sn.136, 301, 925; Pug.68; DhsA.168; DA.I,70, 132; PvA.22, 67, 78. -- Special Forms: aor. 3^rd sg. vihāsi Sn.p. 16; Pv.II,9⁶⁰; Mhvs 5, 233; PvA.54, 121; 3^rd pl. vihiṁsu Th.1, 925, & vihaṁsu A.II,21; fut. viharissati A.III,70; vihessati Th.1, 257; vihissati Th.2, 181; and vihāhisi J.I,298 (doubtful reading!), where C. expl^s as “vijahissati, parihāyissati”; with phrase sukhaṁ vihāhisi cp. dukkhaṁ viharati at A.I,95, and see also vihāhesi. -- pp. not found. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + har + a), 生活，遵守，居住，逗留。【过】 vihari。【现分】viharanta, ~ramāna。【独】 viharitvā。(p301)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+har运送+a), 生活，遵守，居住，逗留。【过】vihari。【现分】viharanta, viharamāna。【独】viharitvā。SA.1.1./I,13.︰Viharatīti avisesena iriyāpathadibbabrahma-ariyavihāresu aññataravihārasamaṅgīparidīpanametaṁ. Idha pana ṭhānagamananisajjāsayanappabhedesu iriyāpathesu aññatara-iriyāpathasamāyogaparidīpanaṁ tena ṭhitopi gacchantopi nisinnopi sayānopi Bhagavā viharaticceva veditabbo. So hi ekaṁ iriyāpathabādhanaṁ aññena iriyāpathena vicchinditvā aparipatantaṁ attabhāvaṁ harati pavatteti, tasmā “viharatī”ti vuccati.(住︰非殊胜的威仪住(姿势住)、天住、梵住、圣住，这是解释具有某一种住。然而在这里是指站、去、坐、卧，世尊站著、走著、坐著或卧著的经历，他做某一姿势，又改变成某一姿势，不改变(姿势)，或继续转变，因此被称为「住」(vihāra)。) 《一切善见律毘婆沙》：「游者，有四，何谓为四？一者行，二者住，三者坐，四者卧，以此四法，是名游。」(T24.759.2) Vibha.512.︰“Viharatīti iriyati vattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati, tena vuccati viharatī”ti (住︰移动、转动、保持、使继续、使持续、行、住，因此被称为「住」。).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viharaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. viharati] abiding, dwelling DhsA.164, 168. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihata: {'def': '(vihanati 的【过分】), 1. 已杀，已破坏。 2. 已刷（毛），已使起绒毛。(p301)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vihanati 的【过分】), 1.已杀，已破坏。2.已刷(毛)，已使起绒毛。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² (adj.) [cp. Sk. vihṛti] broad, wide J.VI,171 (=puthula C.). (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [pp. of vihanati] struck, killed, destroyed, impaired It.100 (where A.I,164 reads vigata); J.VI,171; Sdhp.313, 425. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihaviha: {'def': '[for vihaga] a sort of bird Th.1, 49 (v. l. cihaciha). The C. expl^s by “parillaka.” (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihaññati: {'def': '(vi + han + ya), 焦急，悲伤，遭受艰难。【过】 ~ññi。【现分】~ñamāna。(p301)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Pass. of vihanati] to be struck or slain; to be vexed or grieved, to get enraged, to be annoyed, suffer hardship; to be cast down Sn.168 sq.; Pv.II,11⁷ (=vighātaṁ āpajjati PvA.150); IV,5² (with same explⁿ); J.I,73, 359; II,442; V,330; DA.I,289. -- ppr. vihaññamāna Sn.1121 (with long and detailed exegesis at Nd² 604); S.I,28 (a°); PvA.150. pp. vihata DA.I,231. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+han+ya), 焦急，悲伤，遭受艰难。【过】vihaññi。【现分】vihaññamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vihaṅga: {'def': '=vihaga, J.V,416; PvA.154, 157; Sdhp.241. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihaṅgama: {'def': '(adj.) [viha+gam] going through the air, flying; (m.) a bird A.II,39; III,43; Sn.221, 606; Th.1, 1108; J.I,216; III,255; DA.I,125=DhsA.141. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihesaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. viheseti] annoying, vexing, troubling Vin.IV,36; Dpvs.I,47. -- f. °ikā Vin.IV,239, 241. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. viheseti),【形】恼怒的，令人困扰的(annoying, vexing, troubling)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】恼怒的，令人困扰的。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viheseti: {'def': '(vi+his(梵hiṁs)+e), 恼怒，带入困境(to harass, vex, annoy, insult)。vihesaṁ, aor.。vihesayi, aor.。参考 Viheṭheti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+hiṁs, or denom. fr. vihesā, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 10²] to harass, vex, annoy, insult S.IV,63; V,346; A.III,194; Vin.IV,36 sq.; Ud.44; Sn.277; Pv IV.1⁴⁷ (vihesaṁ, aor.); IV,1⁴⁹ (vihesayi, aor.). (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + his + e), 参考 Viheṭheti。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vihesikā: {'def': '【阴】惊吓(fright)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [probably for Sk. *vibhīṣikā, fr. bhī, Epic Sk. bhīṣā, cp. bhīṣma=P. bhiṁsa (q. v.)] fright J.III,147. (C. says “an expression of fearfullness”). (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihesiyamāna: {'def': '【现分】正在压迫，正在骚扰。参考 Viheṭhiyamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '参考 Viheṭhiyamāna。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vihesā: {'def': '(f.) [for vihiṁsā] vexation, annoyance, injury; worry M.I,510; II,241 sq.; S.I,136; III,132; IV,73; V,357; D.III,240 (a°); Vin.IV,143 (+vilekhā); A.III,245, 291; Sn.247, 275, 277; Vbh.369; Nett 25; Miln.295; DhA.I,55. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(for vihiṁsā),【阴】恼乱，恼怒，烦恼，伤害(vexation, annoyance, injury; worry)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】恼怒，烦恼，受伤。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viheti: {'def': '¹ [for bibheti?] to be afraid (of) J.V,154 (=bhāyati C.). Cp. vibheti. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [contracted Pass. of vijahāti=vihāyati, cp. vihāhesi] to be given up, to disappear, to go awav J.IV,216. Kern, Toev. s. v. wrongly=vi+eti. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viheṭhaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. viheṭheti] harassing, oppressing, annoying J.I,504; V,143; Sdhp.89. Neg. a° see sep. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】厌烦的，压抑的，令人感到懊恼的。viheṭhakajātika,【形】恼害，有骚扰的习惯。sattānaṁ viheṭhakajātiko hoti, pāṇinā vā leḍḍunā vā daṇḍena vā satthena vā﹐或用手、用土块、或用棒、或用刀，恼害诸有情。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】厌烦的，压抑的，令人感到懊恼的。 ~jātika, 【形】有骚扰的习惯。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viheṭhana: {'def': '【中】压抑。viheṭhanaka,【形】伤害的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】压抑。 ~ka, 【形】伤害的。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. viheṭheti] harassing, hurting; oppression VbhA.74; VvA.68; PvA.232. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viheṭhanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. viheṭhana] oppressing, hurting, doing harm J.II,123. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viheṭheti: {'def': '[vi+heṭheti, of hīḍ or heḷ to be hostile. Same in BSk., e. g. MVastu III,360, Divy 42, 145 etc.] to oppress, to bring into difficulties, to vex, annoy, plague, hurt D.I,116, 135; II,12; Sn.35; J.I,187; II,267; IV,375; Miln.6, 14; DhA 191; VvA.69 (Pass. °iyamāna). (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+heṭh +e), 恼怒，带入困境。【过】viheṭhesi。【过分】viheṭhita。【现分】viheṭhenta。【独】viheṭhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + heṭh + e), 恼怒，带入困境。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~ṭhita。【现分】 ṭhenta。【独】 ~ṭhetvā。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viheṭhiyamāna: {'def': '【现分】正在压迫，正在骚扰。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【现分】正在压迫，正在骚扰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vihita: {'def': '(vidahati 的【过分】), 已安排，已供给，已开始(某种职业)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vidahati 的【过分】), 已安排，已供给，已开始（某种职业）。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vidahati] arranged, prepared, disposed, appointed; furnished, equipped J.VI,201 (loka); Miln.345 (nagara); D.I,45, S.III,46; Pug.55 (aneka°); Mhvs 10, 93; PvA.51 (suṭṭhu°). añña° engaged upon something else Vin.IV,269. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihitaka: {'def': '(adj.)=vihita; D.III,28 sq. (kathaṁ v. aggaññaṁ how as the beginning of things appointed?); -- añña° engaged upon something else J.IV,389 (or does it belong to āhāra. in sense of “prepared by somebody else”?). (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihitatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. vihita] in añña° being engaged upon something else DhA.I,181. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihiŋsanāvihiŋsā: {'def': '【阴】残酷，受伤，伤害。 ~sāvitakka, 【阳】有害的想法。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vihiŋsati: {'def': '(vi + hiŋs + a), 伤害，刺伤，骚扰。【过】 ~hiŋsi。【现分】 ~santa。【独】 ~sitvā。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vihiṁsanā: {'def': '(f.) a Commentary word for vihiṁsā VbhA.75. A similar vihiṁsakā occurs at PvA.123. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Vihiṁsā,【阴】残酷，受伤，伤害。vihiṁsanāvihiṁsāvitakka,【阳】有害的想法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vihiṁsati: {'def': '(vi+hiṁs+a), 伤害，刺伤，骚扰。【过】vihiṁsi。【现分】vihiṁsanta。【独】vihiṁsitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+hiṁsati] to hurt, injure, harass, annoy S.I,165; It.86; Sn.117, 451; PvA.123, 198. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihiṁsā: {'def': '(f.) (& adj. °a) [abstr. fr. vi+hiṁs, to injure] hurting, injuring, cruelty, injury D.III,215; 226 (°vitakka); S.I,202; II,151 (°dhātu); A.III,448; Sn.292; Nd¹ 207 (°saññā), 386, 501 (°vitakka); Vbh.86, 363 (°vitakka); Dhs.1348; Pug.25; Nett 97; Miln.337, 367, 390; DhsA.403; VbhA.74 (°dhātu), 118 (°vitakka); Sdhp.510. Neg. avihiṁsā see sep. -- See also vihesā. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihāhesi: {'def': '“he banished” at J.IV,471 is 3^rd sg. aor. Caus. of vijahati (hā); expl^d in C. by pabbājesi. -- Another form vihāhisi see under viharati & cp. viheti². (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihāmi: {'def': 'at J.VI,78 (lohitaṁ) is poetical for vijahāmi; C. expl^s as niṭṭhubhāmi, i. e. I spit out. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihāra: {'def': '【阳】住所，住宅，生活的模态，度时。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. viharati] 1. (as m. & adj.) spending one’s time (sojourning or walking about), staying in a place, living; place of living, stay, abode (in general) VvA.50 (jala°); PvA.22, 79; eka° living by oneself S.II,282 sq.; jaṅghā° wandering on foot PvA.73; divā° passing the time of day Sn.679; PvA.142. See also below 3 a. -- 2. (appl^d meaning) state of life, condition, mode of life (in this meaning almost identical with that of vāsa²), e. g. ariya° best condition S.V,326; SnA 136; dibba° supreme condition (of heart) Miln.225; brahma° divine state S.V,326; SnA 136; Vism.295 sq. (ch. IX.); phāsu° comfort A.III,119, 132; sukha° happiness S.III,8; V,326; A.I,43; II,23; III,131 sq.; IV,111 sq., 230 sq.; V,10 sq. See further D.I,145, 196; III,220 (dibba, brahma, ariya), 250 (cha satata°), 281; S.II,273 (jhāna°); III,235 (id.); A.III,294 (°ṁ kappeti to live one’s life); Ps.II,20; Nett 119 sq. ‹-› 3. (a) a habitation for a Buddhist mendicant, an abode in the forest (arañña°), or a hut; a dwelling, habitation, lodging (for a bhikkhu), a single room Vin.II,207 sq.; D.II,7; A.III,51, 299 (yathāvihāraṁ each to his apartment); Sn.220 (dūra° a remote shelter for a bhikkhu), 391; Vism.118 (different kinds; may be taken as c.). -- (b) place for convention of the bhikkhus, meeting place; place for rest & recreation (in garden or park) DA.I,133. -- (c) (later) a larger building for housing bhikkhus, an organized monastery, a Vihāra Vin.I,58; III,47; S.I,185 (°pāla the guard of the monastery); J.I,126; Miln.212; Vism.292; DhA.I,19 (°cārikā visit to the monastery), 49 (°pokkharaṇī), 416; Mhvs 19, 77; PvA.12, 20, 54, 67, 141. 151; and passim. See also Dictionary of Names. The modern province Behar bears its name from the vihāras. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】住所，住宅，生活的模态，度时。cha satatavihārā﹐六常住，六善住处，即六根不著六尘，安住於正念正智之生活状态。vihāra-adhipati, 住持(abbot)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vihāraka: {'def': '=vihāra 3 (room, hut) Th.2, 94 (=vasanakaovaraka ThA.90). (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihārika: {'def': 'vihārī,【形】(在【合】中)停留的，逗留的，在某种情况中的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.)=vihārin; in saddhi° co-resident A.III,70. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'vihārī, 【形】 (在【合】中) 停留的，逗留的，在某种情况中的。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vihārin: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. vihāra] dwelling, living; being in such & such a state or condition D.I,162 (appa-dukkha°), 251 (evaṁ°); A.I,24 (araṇa°), 26 (mettā); It.74 (appamāda°); Sn.45 (sādhu°), 375; Pv IV.1³³ (araṇa°); PvA.77, 230 (mettā°); VvA.71. -- eka° living alone S.II,282 sq.; IV,35; opp. saddhi° together with another; a coresident, brother-bhikkhu S.II,204; IV,103; A.II,239. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihāya: {'def': '(vijahati 的【独】), 离开了，放弃了。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'is ger. of vijahati (q. v.). (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vijahati 的【独】), 离开了，放弃了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vihāyasa: {'def': '[cp. Sk. viha & vihāyasa] the air, sky PvA.14. Cases adverbially: °yasā through the air Mhvs 12, 10, & °yasaṁ id. J.IV,47. Cp. vehāyasa & vehāsa. (Page 642)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vihīna: {'def': '(vihāyati 的【过分】), 已留下，已失去，已减少。(p302)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vijahati] left, given up, abandoned Sdhp.579. (Page 643)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vihāyati 的【过分】), 已留下，已失去，已减少。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijahana: {'def': '【中】放弃，（把某事）搁置一边。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vijahati] abandoning, relinquishing DA.I,197. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】放弃，(把某事)搁置一边。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijahati: {'def': '(vi + hā + a, hā 重叠，前 hā 被改成 ja), 放弃，离开。【过】 vijahi。【现分】 ~hanta。【独】 ~hitvā, vihāya。【潜】 ~hitabba。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+hā+a, hā 重叠，前 hā 被改成 ja), 放弃，离开。【过】vijahi。【现分】vijahanta。【独】vijahitvā, vihāya。【义】vijahitabba。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+jahati] to abandon, forsake, leave; to give up, dismiss Pv III,6¹⁵ (sarīraṁ); VvA.119; Pot. vijaheyya Pv IV.1¹⁰; fut. vijahissati S.II,220; Pv.II,6⁷ (jīvitaṁ). -- ger. vihāya Mhvs 12, 55; & vijahitvā Vin.IV,269; J.I,117; III,361 (iddh’ânubhāvena attabhāvaṁ). -- grd. vihātabba A.III,307 sq.; Miln.371. -- Pass. vihīyati J.VI,499 (eko v.=kilamissati C.). -- pp. vijahita & vihīna. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijahita: {'def': '(Vijahana的【过分】), 已抛弃，已停止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vijahati] left, given up, relinquished; only in neg. a° J.I,71, 76, 94, 178. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijambhanā: {'def': '(f.) [vi+jambhanā] arousing, activity, energy J.VI,457. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】唤醒，活跃(台语：活跳uah8 thiau3，鶺趒chio tio5)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】唤醒，活跃。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijambhati: {'def': '(vi + jambh + a), 唤醒自己，显示活跃，打哈欠。【过】 ~mbhi。【独】 ~bhitvā。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+jambhati] to rouse oneself, to display activity, often appl^d to the awakening of a lion S.III,84; A.II,33; J.I,12, 493; V,215 (°amāna, ppr., getting roused), 433, 487; VI,173; Vism.311. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+jambh+a), 唤醒自己，显示活跃，打呵欠。【过】vijambhi。【独】vijambhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijambhikā: {'def': '(梵vijrmbhikā),【阴】打呵欠(台语：哈肺hah hi3)，睡意。古译作︰欠呿ㄑㄩ(呿：张口)、频申。Bhikkhu Bodhi译作“lazy stretching” (伸懒腰)，见 The Connected Discourses of the Buddha, p.96.。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】打哈欠，睡意。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. vijambhati] yawning (before rising) i. e. drowsiness, laziness, in ster. combⁿ with arati & tandī S.I,7 (trslⁿ “the lanquid frame”); A.I,3; Vbh.352; Vism.33. As vijambhitā at S.V,64; J.I,506 (here in meaning “activity, alertness,” but sarcastically as sīha°); VbhA.272 (=kāya-vināmanā). (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijana: {'def': '【形】为人所弃的，人迹罕至的。vijanavāta,【形】渺无人迹的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】为人所弃的，人迹罕至的。 ~vāta, 【形】有寂寞的气氛的。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+jana] deserted of people, lonely S.I,180; ThA.252. --°vāta: see vāta. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijaya: {'def': '[fr. vi+ji] victory; conquering, mastering; triumph over (--°) D.I,46; A.IV,272 (idha-loka°); SnA 241 sq. (°sutta, another name for the Kāya-vicchandanika-sutta). Vijayati (& vijinati) [vi+jayati] to conquer, master, triumph over DA.I,250 (vijeti); fut. vijessati J.IV,102. ‹-› ger. vijeyya Sn.524, 1002; and vijetvā J.III,523. -- pp. vijita. Cp. abhi°. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】胜利，凯旋。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】胜利，凯旋。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijayati: {'def': '(vi + ji + a), 征服，击败。【过】 vijayi。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ji+a), 征服，击败。【过】vijayi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijaṭana: {'def': '【中】松开。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】松开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vijaṭeti] disentangling Miln.11. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijaṭeti: {'def': '(vi + jaṭ + e), 拆开，彻底查出，松开。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~ṭita。【独】 ~ṭetvā。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+jaṭ+e), 拆开，彻底查出，松开。【过】vijaṭesi。【过分】vijaṭita。【独】vijaṭetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+Caus. of jaṭ: see jaṭita] 1. to disentangle, to comb out; fig. to unravel, explain Vin.II,150 (bimbohanaṁ kātuṁ tūlāni v.); Miln.3; Vism.1, 2. -- 2. to plunder J.III,523. -- pp. vijaṭita. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijaṭita: {'def': '[pp. of vijaṭeti] disentangled S.I,165. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijigucchati: {'def': '[vi+j.] to loathe Sn.41 (°amāna=aṭṭiyamāna harāyamāna Nd² 566), 253, 958 (°ato=aṭṭiyato harāyato Nd¹ 466), 963; Nd¹ 479. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijina: {'def': '[doubtful] distress (?), in stock phrase at A.V,156, 158, 160, 162 (v. l. at all pass. vicina). (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijināti: {'def': '参考 Jināti。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ji+nā), 征服，使服从。参考 Jināti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijita: {'def': '[pp. of vijayati] 1. conquered, subdued, gained, won Sn.46; SnA 352; DA.I,160; PvA.75, 76, 161. ‹-› Cp. nijjita. -- 2. (nt.) conquered land, realm, territory, kingdom J.I,262; Vv 81²⁰ (=desa VvA.316); DhA.I,386.

--aṅga at Pv III,1¹⁷ (PvA.176) read vījit.° --indriya one who has conquered his senses Sn.250. --saṅgāma by whom the battle has been won, victorious D.II,39; It.76; Nd² 542; Pug.68. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vijināti 的【过分】), 已战胜，已抑制。【中】王国。 ~saṅgāma, 【形】胜利的，战胜的人。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vijināti 的【过分】), 已战胜，已抑制。【中】王国。vijitasaṅgāma,【形】胜利的，战胜的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijitāvin: {'def': '(adj.) [vijita+āvin; see Geiger, P.Gr. 198³] victorious D.I,88 (caturanta+); II,146; S.III,83; Sn.552, 646; DA.I,249; DhA.IV,232; SnA 162. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijitāvī: {'def': '【阳】胜利。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】胜利。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijja: {'def': '(adj.) (--°) [=vijjā] having vijjā, possessed of wisdom; in vatthu°, tiracchāna°, nakkhatta° etc. (referring to the lower arts condemned as heretic: vijjā c.) S.III,239. te° possessed of threefold wisdom: see vijjā b. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijjantarikā: {'def': '(f.) is not clear; according to Kern, Toev. s. v.=vīthi+antarikā [a very bold assumption: vīthy° contracted to vijj°!], i. e. space in between two streets or midstreet M.I,448; A.I,124. Neumann (Mittl. Slg. II.182) translates “Rinnstein” (i. e. gutter). Under antarikā we have given the trslⁿ “interval of lightning,” thus taking it as vijju+antarikā. Quoted DA.I,34. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】闪电之间隔。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】闪电之间隔。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijjati: {'def': '(vid + ya), 存在，被发现。【现分】 vijjanta, vijjamāna。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'vijjamāna etc.: see vindati. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vid+ya), 存在，被发现。【现分】vijjanta, vijjamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijjaṭipatti: {'def': '(f.) [? doubtful spelling] adultery PvA.151. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijjhana: {'def': '(fr. vijjhati),【中】刺穿，射击(piercing or getting pierced)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】射击，刺破。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vijjhati] piercing or getting pierced DA.I,75; II,87 (kaṇṇa°-maṅgala, ear-piercing ceremony); PvA.107. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijjhati: {'def': '(vidh(梵vyadh)+ya), 射击，刺穿，穿透。【过】vijjhi。【过分】viddha。【现分】vijjhanta, vijjhamāna,。【独】vijjhitvā, vijjhiya。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vyadh] to pierce, perforate; to shoot with an arrow; to strike, hit, split; fut. °issati J.IV,272; inf. °ituṁ ibid.; ger. °itvā Vin.II,150; J.I,201 (boring through timber); SnA 505 (kilese); PvA.155; & viddhā J.VI,77. -- Pass. vijjhati: ger. °itvā having been hit J.III,323; ppr. vijjhamāna PvA.107; grd. viddheyya J.VI,77. -- pp. viddha. -- Caus. vijjheti J.I,45 (sūlehi vijjhayanto); and vedheti to cause to be pierced J.VI,453 (fut. vedhayissati). -- pp. vedhita. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vidh + ya), 射击，刺穿，穿透。【过】 vijjhi。【过分】 viddha。【现分】 ~jhanta, ~jhamāna。【独】 ~jhitvā, vijjhiya。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijjhāpeti: {'def': '(vi + jhe + āpe), 灭火。【过分】 ~pita。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+jhe+āpe), 灭火(to extinguish)。【过分】vijjhāpita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+jhāpeti] to extinguish Vin.I,31; II,219, 221; J.IV,292; Miln.42. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijjhāyati: {'def': '(vi + jhe + a), 被熄灭。【过】 ~āyi。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+jhāyati²] to be extinguished, to go out (of fire) Vin.I,31 (imper. °āyatu & fut. °āyissati); DhA.I,21 (akkhīni dīpa-sikhā viya vijjhāyiṁsu). (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+jhāyati2) , 被熄灭(to be extinguished, to go out (of fire)。【过】vijjhāyi。imper. vijjhāyatu & fut. vijjhāyissati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijjotalati: {'def': '[Freq. of vijjotati? Or=vijjotayati=vijjoteti?] to flicker Vin.II,131; M.I,86. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijjotati: {'def': '(vi+jut+a), 照耀。【过】vijjoti。【过分】vijjotita。【现分】vijjotamana。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+jotati] to shine (forth) PvA.56; Caus. °eti to illumine PvA.10. -- pp. vijjotita. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + jut + a), 照耀。【过】 vijjoti。【过分】 ~jotita。【现分】~tamana。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijjotita: {'def': '[pp. of vijjotati] resplendent PvA.154. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijju: {'def': 'vijjuta, vijjullatā,【阴】闪电。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'vijjuta, vijjullatā, 【阴】闪电。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '& vijjutā (f.) [cp. Vedic vidyut; fr. vi+dyut: see juti] lightning. -- (a) vijju: S.I,100 (°māli); A.I,124 (°ūpamacitta); J.V,322 (°vaṇṇin); Pug.30; Miln.22 (°jāla); VvA.12; Sdhp.244, 598. -- (b) vijjutā: Th.1, 1167; J.II,217. -- On similes with v. see J.P.T.S. 1907, 136. -- Cp. next. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijjullatā: {'def': '(f.) [vijju(t)+latā] a flash or streak of lightning, forked lightning S.I,106; J.I,103, 279, 501. (Page 618)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijjā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Vedic vidyā knowledge: etym. see under vindati] one of the dogmatic terms of Buddhist teaching, varying in meaning in diff. sections of the Canon. It is not always the positive to avijjā (which has quite a welldefined meaning from its first appearance in Buddhist psych. ethics), but has been taken into the terminology of Buddhism from Brahmanic and popular philosophy. The opposite of avijjā is usually ñāṇa (but cp. S.III,162 f., 171; V,429). Although certain vijjās pertain to the recognition of the “truth” and the destruction of avijjā, yet they are only secondary factors in achieving “vimutti” (cp. abhiññā, ñāṇa-dassana & paññā). That vijjā at M.I,22 is contrasted with avijjā is to be expl^d as a word-play in a stereotype phrase. -- A diff. side of “knowledge” again is given by “bodhi.” ‹-› (a) Vijjā is a general, popular term for lore in the old sense, science, study, esp. study as a practice of some art (something like the secret science of the medicine man: cp. vejja!); hence appl^d in special, “dogmatic” sense as “secret science,” revelation (put into a sort of magic formula), higher knowledge (of the learned man), knowledge which may be applied and used as an art (cp. magister artium!), practical knowledge; but also mysterious knowledge: “charm.” -- (b) vijjā, having a varying content in its connotation, is applied to a series of diff. achievements. A rather old tabulation of the stages leading by degrees to the attainment of the highest knowledge is given in the Sāmañña-phala-sutta (D.I,63--86), repeated in nearly every Suttanta of D 1. It is composed of the 3 sampadās, viz. sīla°, citta° & paññā°. Under the first group belong sīla(--kkhandha), indriya-saṁvara, sati-sampajañña, santuṭṭhi; the second is composed (1) of the overcoming of the nīvaraṇas, (2) of the 4 jhānas; the third consists of 8 items, viz. (1) ñāṇa-dassana, (2) manomaya-kāya, (3) iddhi, (4) dibba-sota, (5) ceto-pariyañāṇa, (6) pubbe-nivās’ânussatiñāṇa, (7) cut’ûpapatti-ñāṇa, (8) āsavānaṁ khaya-ñāṇa. Other terms used are: for the 2^nd sampadā: caraṇa (D. I.100), and for the 3^rd: vijjā (ibid.). ‹-› The discussion at D.I,100 is represented as contradicting the (brahmaṇic) opinion of Ambaṭṭha, who thought that “vijjā nāma tayo Vedā, caraṇaṁ pañca sīlāni” (DA.I,267 sq.). -- In the enumⁿ of 3 vijjās at M.I,22 sq. only Nos. 6--8 of the 3^rd sampadā (said to have been attained by the Buddha in the 3 night watches) with the verbs anussarati (No. 6), pajānāti (7), abhijānāti (8), each signifying a higher stage of (“saving”) knowledge, yet all called “vijjā.” Quoted at Vism.202, where all 8 stages are given as “aṭṭha vijjā,” and caraṇa with 15 qualities (sīla-saṁvara, indriyesu guttadvāra etc.). The same 3 vijjās (No. 6, 7, 8) are given at D.III,220, 275, and poetically at A.II,165 as the characteristics of a proper (ariya, Buddhist) monk (or brāhmaṇa): “etāhi tīhi vijjāhi tevijjo hoti brāhmaṇo,” opposing the threeVeda-knowledge of the Brahmins. -- Tevijja (adj.) in same meaning at S.I,146 (where it refers to Nos. 3, 5, 8 of above enumⁿ), 192, 194. In brahmanic sense at Sn.594 (=tiveda SnA 463). Both meanings compared & contrasted at A.I,163 (aññathā brāhmaṇā brāhmaṇaṁ tevijjaṁ paññāpenti, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye tevijjo hoti “different in the Brahmanic and diff. in the Buddhist sense”). -- Tisso vijjā (without specification, but referring to above 6, 7, 8) further at Vin.II,183; Sn.656; Ps.I,34; II,56; Pv IV.1³⁴; Miln.359 (+chaḷabhiññā); DhA.IV,30 (id.). It is doubtful whether the defⁿ of ñāṇa as “tisso vijjā” at Vin.III,91 is genuine. ‹-› On vijjā-caraṇa see also D.III,97, 98, 237; S.I,153, 166; II,284; V,197; A.II,163; IV,238; V,327; Sn.163, 289, 442. -- On vijjā in the doctrinal applⁿ see: D.III,156, 214, 274; S.II,7 sq. (cakkhu, ñāṇa, paññā, vijjā, āloka); III,47; 163; 171; IV,31, 49 sq. A.I,83; II,247; Sn.334 (simply meaning “wisdom,” craft, care, but Bdhgh SnA 339 takes it as “āsavānaṁ--khaya-ñāṇa”), 1026 (opposed to avijjā); Pug.14, 57; Vbh.324; Nett 76, 191. -- (c) popular meanings & usage of vijjā: science, craft, art, charm, spell D.I,213 (Gandhārī nāma v., also mentioned at J.IV,498 as practised by physicians), 214 (Maṇika n. v.); J.III,504 (Cintāmaṇi v.); IV,323 (vatthu°: see under vatthu), 498 (ghora°); V,458 (aṅga° palmistry); Miln.200; Dh.I,259 (bhūmicala n. v. “earthquake” charm), 265 (dhanu-agamanīyaṁ Ambaṭṭha n. v.); KhA 237 (vatthu°, khetta°, aṅga°); and see the list of forbidden crafts at D.I,9 (aṅga°, vatthu°, khetta° etc.; cp. Dial. I.18, 19).

--gata having attained wisdom Sn.730 (opp. avijjā; the playful explⁿ at SnA 505 is “ye arahatta-maggavijjāya kilese vijjhitvā gatā khīṇāsava-sattā”). --caraṇa (-sampanna) (endowed with) special craft (wisdom) & virtue: see above, b. --ṭṭhāna branch of study; there are 18 vijja-ṭṭhānāni or “arts & sciences,” subjects of study, referred to at J.I,259. --dhara a knower of charms, a sorcerer J.III,303, 529; IV,496; V,94; Miln.153, 200, 267. --bhāgiyā (dhammā) (states) conducive to wisdom (6 kinds of saññā) A.III,334; cp. D.III,243; S.V,395; A.IV,52 sq. --mayā (iddhi) (potency) accomplished by art or knowledge (Expos. I.122) Vism.383; see iddhi. --vimutti wisdom (higher knowledge) as salvation S.V,28, 335 sq.; Ps.II,243 (in detail). (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '明;智', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '【阴】明（较高的知识），科学。 ~caraṇa, 【中】明行（特别的智能和德行）。 ~ṭṭhāna, 【中】研究的主题，艺术和科学。 ~dhara, 【形】懂得咒文的人，巫士。 ~vimutti, 【阴】明解脱（慧解脱）。(p288)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(梵Vidyā),【阴】明(较高的知识)，科学。vijjācaraṇa,【中】明行(特别的智慧和德行)。vijjāṭṭhāna,【中】研究的主题，艺术和科学。vijjādhara,【形】懂得咒文的人，巫师。vijjāvimutti,【阴】明解脱(「明」指与第四(圣)道相应、「解脱」指与第四(圣)果相应(Vijjā vā catutthamaggasampayuttā, vimutti phalasampayuttāti.))。Vijjāhīnā (vijjā-hīnā) na sobhanti﹐少了学问知识，便不庄严。SA.6.5./I,213.：Tevijjāti pubbenivāsadibbacakkhu-āsavakkhayasaṅkhātāhi tīhi vijjāhi samannāgatā.(三明：宿住，天眼，有为法漏尽，具足三明。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijjā-caraṇa-sampanno: {'def': '明行足;明行具足者(PS: caraṇa 行为;德行;实践; sampanna 具足;成就)', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Vijñapti: {'def': '【梵】了，了别，假名，施设，现，识，显现，显示。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijñapti-mātra: {'def': '【梵】唯识。Vijñapti-mātratā, 【梵】唯识，唯识论。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijāna: {'def': '(nt.--adj.) [fr. vijānāti] understanding; as adj. (--°) in cpds. du° (dubbijāna) hard to understand S.I,60; J.IV,217; and su° easy to perceive Sn.92; J.IV,217. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijānana: {'def': '【中】知识，识别。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [the diæretic form of Sk. vijñāna: cp. jānana=ñāṇa] recognition, knowing, knowledge, discrimination Vian 452; DhsA.141. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】知识，识别(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijānāti: {'def': '(vi+ñā+na, ñā 被改成 jā), 了知，明白，感觉，认可。vijānāti(了别、了知)与pajānāti(慧)同义。(M.43./293.)【过】vijāni。【过分】viññāta。【现分】vijānanta。【义】vijānitabba。【独】vijānitvā, vijāniya。【不】vijānituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+jñā] to have discriminative (dis=vi°) knowledge, to recognize, apprehend, ascertain, to become aware of, to understand, notice, perceive, distinguish, learn, know Sn.93 sq., 763; Dh.64, 65; Nd¹ 442. See also viññāṇa 2^a. -- imper. 2^nd sg. vijāna Sn.1091 (=ājāna Nd² 565^b); Pv IV.5⁵ (=vijānāhi PvA.260); ppr. vijānanto Sn.656, 953; Pv IV.1⁸⁸; PvA.41; and vijānaṁ neg. a° ignorant Dh.38, 60; It.103. Pot. 1^st sg. (poet.) vijaññaṁ J.III,360 (=vijāneyyaṁ C.); Sn.1065, 1090, 1097 (=jāneyyaṁ Nd² 565^a); & vijāniyaṁ Vv 41⁵ (paṭivijjhiṁ C.); 3^rd sg. vijañña Sn.253, 316, 967 (cp. Nd¹ 489). -- ger. vijāniya Mhvs 8, 16; viññāya Sn.232; & viññitvā Vin.IV,264. -- aor. (3^rd pl.) vijāniṁsu Mhvs 10, 18. -- Pass. viññāyati PvA.197; fut. viññissati Th.1, 703. -- inf. viññātuṁ S.III,134. -- grd. viññātabba (to be understood) VbhA.46; & viññeyya (q. v.). -- pp. viññāta. -- Caus. II. viññāpeti (q. v.). (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ñā + na, ñā 被改成 jā), 知道，明白，感觉，认可。【过】vijāni。【过分】 viññāta。【现分】 ~nanta。【潜】 ~nitabba。【独】~nitvā, vijāniya。【不】 ~nituŋ。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijāta: {'def': '(vijāyati 的【过分】)。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vijāyati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijāti: {'def': 'in Vijātiloha a kind of copper VbhA.63. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijātika: {'def': '【形】不同的国家的，局外人，外国人。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不同的国家的，局外人，外国人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijātā: {'def': '【阴】生过孩子的女人。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】生过孩子的女人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [pp. of vijāyati] (a woman) having borne J.II,140; Pv.II,2³ (=pasūtā PvA.80).

--kāla time of birth J.II,140. --ghara birth-chamber Miln.301. (Page 616)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijāyana: {'def': '【中】使产生，生产(生孩子)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】使产生，生产（生孩子）。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vijāyati] bringing forth, birth, delivery A.I,78; J.III,342; VI,333; Vism.500; VbhA.97. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijāyantī: {'def': 'vijāyamānā,【阴】正在生孩子的女人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'vijāyamānā, 【阴】正在生孩子的女人。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijāyati: {'def': '(vi + jan + ya), 产生，生产（生孩子）。【过】 vijāyi。【独】 vijāyitvā。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+jāyati] to bring forth, to bear, to give birth to Sdhp.133; aor. vijāyi VvA.220; PvA.82 (puttaṁ); ger. vijāyitvā Mhvs 5, 43 (puttaṁ); and vijāyitvāna Pv.I,6³. -- pp. vijāta. -- Caus. II. vijāyāpeti to cause to bring forth J.VI,340. (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+jan+ya), 产生，生产(生孩子)。【过】vijāyi。【独】vijāyitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vijāyin: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. vijāyati] in f. °inī able to bear a child, fertile J.IV,77 (opp. vañjhā); DhA.I,46 (id.). (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vijāyinī: {'def': '【阴】能受孕的，能繁殖的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】能受孕的，能繁殖的。(p287)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vijīyati: {'def': 'at J.III,374 is to be read as vījiyati (Pass. of vījati). (Page 617)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikaca: {'def': '(adj.) blossoming DA.I,40. (Page 611)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】开花的(blossoming)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】吹的，开花的。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikala: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. vikala] defective, in want of, deprived, (being) without Th.2, 391; Pv IV.1 (bhoga°); J.IV,278; VI,232; Miln.106, 307 (udakena); DA.I,222; PvA.4 (hattha°). Cp. vekalla. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】有缺陷的，需要的，缺少的。 ~ka, 【形】缺少。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】有缺陷的，需要的，缺少的。vikalaka,【形】缺少。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikalaka: {'def': '(adj.) [vikala+ka] being short of, wanting Vin.I,285. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikampana: {'def': '【中】发抖。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】发抖。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikampati: {'def': '(vi + kamp + a), 战栗，不安。【过】 ~mpi。【过分】 ~pita。【独】~pitvā。【现分】 ~pamāna。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kamp] to shake; fig. to be unsettled, to waver, to be in doubt S.IV,71 (cittaṁ na vikampate); Th.1, 1076 (vidhāsu na v.; trslⁿ Brethren p. 366: “who is not exercised about himself in this way or in that”); Nd¹ 195 (tīsu vidhāsu, as at Th.1, 1076; as comment on Sn.843); J.VI,488. -- ppr. med. vikampamāna, only neg. a° not hesitating, settled, well balanced, resolved Sn.842; J.IV,310; V,495 (C. anolīyamāna); VI,175 (C. nirāsaṅka). -- pp. vikampita. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+kamp+a), 战栗，不安。【过】vikampi。【过分】vikampita。【独】vikampitvā。【现分】vikampamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikampin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vikampati] shaking; only neg. a° not shaking, steadfast, steady, settled Sn.952; Vv 50²². (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikanta: {'def': '=vikatta; cut open, cut into pieces J.II,420. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikantana: {'def': '【中】切断，切刀。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vikantati] knife M.I,244. Cp. vikattana. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】切断，切刀。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikantati: {'def': '(vi+kant+a), 切开。【过】vikanti。【过分】vikantita。【独】vikantitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + kant + a), 切开。【过】 ~nti。【过分】 ~ntita。【独】 ~ntitvā。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kantati²] to cut J.V,368 (=chindati C.). ‹-› pp. vikatta & vikanta. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikappa: {'def': '【阳】想，考虑，优柔寡断，替代选择。 ~na, 【中】模糊，指派，分配。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kappa] 1. thinking over, considering, thought, intention Nd 97, 351. -- 2. doubtfulness, indecision, alternative, appl^d to the part. vā SnA 202, 266; KhA 166; DA.I,51; PvA.18. --attha° consideration or application of meaning, exposition, statement, sentence J.III,521; SnA 433, 591. -- Cp. nibbikappa. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】想，安排，考虑，优柔寡断，替代选择。vikappana,【中】模糊，指派，分配。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikappana: {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. vikappeti] 1. assignment, apportioning Vin.IV,60=123=283. At Vin.IV,122 two ways of assigning a gift are distinguished: sammukhāvikappanā & parammukhā°. All these passages refer to the cīvara. -- 2. alternative, indecision, indefiniteness (=vikappa), as t. t. g. applied to part. ca and vā, e. g. SnA 179 (“ca”); KhA 166 (“vā”). (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikappeti: {'def': '(vi+kapp+e), 设计，计划(ke3 ek8)，分配，安排，改变，塑造。【过】vikappesi。【过分】vikappita。【现分】vikappenta。【独】vikappetvā。【义】vikappeyya。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + kapp + e), 设计，计划，分配，安排，改变，塑造。【过】~esi。【过分】 ~ppita。【现分】 ~penta。【独】 ~petvā。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kappeti] 1. to distinguish, design, intend, to have intentions or preferences, to fix one’s mind on (Loc. or Acc.) Sn.793=802 (=vikappaṁ āpajjati Nd¹ 97), 918 (id. Nd¹ 351). -- 2. to detail, describe, state KhA 166; SnA 43. -- 3. to assign, apportion, give Vin.I,289 (cīvaraṁ); IV,121 (id.). -- 4. to arrange, put on, get ready Vin.I,297. -- 5. to change, alter, shape, form J.V,4 (ambapakkaṁ satthena v.; C. not quite correctly =vicchindati). -- pp. vikappita. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikappin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vikappa] having intentions upon (-°), designing A.III,136 (an-issara° intentioning unruliness). (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikappita: {'def': '[pp. of vikappeti] prepared, put in order, arranged, made; in combⁿ su° well prepared, beautifully set Sn.7; VvA.188 (manohara+). -- Bdhgh. at SnA 21 interprets °kappita as chinna “cut,” saying it has that meaning from “kappita-kesa-massu” (with trimmed hair & beard), which he interprets ad sensum, but not etymologically correctly. Cp. vikappeti 5. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikappiya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of vikappeti] to be designed or intended Sdhp.358. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikaroti: {'def': '(vi + kar + o), 取消，改变。【过】 vikari。【过分】 vikata。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kṛ] to alter, change, disturb; aor. vyakāsi J.II,166 (=vikāraṁ akāsi parivattayi C.); so read for T. vyākāsi. -- Imper. Pass. 3 sg. vikiriyyatu “let him be disturbed” J.III,368 (after Kern, Toev. s. v. One may take it to vikirati, q. v.). -- pp. vikaṭa & vikata. See also vikubbati, etc. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+kar行+o), 取消，改变，变成。【过】vikari。【过分】vikata。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikasati: {'def': '(vi+ka+a), 打开，扩张，吹胀。【过】vikasi。【过分】vikasita。【独】vikasitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ [vi+kas] to open (out), to expand, to blossom fully (of flowers). -- pp. vikasita. Caus. vikāseti to open J.VI,364 (hatthaṁ). (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [vi+kāś, cp. okāsa] to shine; Caus. vikāseti to illuminate Davs.V,47 (mukh’ambuja-vanāni vikāsayanto). (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ka + a), 打开，扩张，吹胀。【过】 vikasi。【过分】 ~sita。【独】~sitvā。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikasita: {'def': '[pp. of vikasati¹] burst asunder, blossoming, opened (wide), expanded, usually appl^d to flowers J.III,320 (=phālita C.); IV,407; VvA.40, 206 (of eyes); SnA I 39; DA.I,40. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikata: {'def': 'changed, altered Vin.I,194 (gihi-vikata changed by the g.) (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikati: {'def': '(fr. vi+kr),【阴】1.种类，类型，某种形状(“what is made of something,” sort, kind)。2.产品(product, make)。dantavikati, 象牙制品(ivory make)。mālāvikati, 编制花圈(garlandarrangement)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. vi+kṛ] “what is made of something,” make, i. e. 1. sort, kind J.I,59 (ābharaṇa° kind of ornament), 243 (maccha-maṁsa°); Miln.403 (bhojana° all kinds of material things); Vism.376 (bhājana° special bowl); VbhA.230 (pilandhana°); DhA.II,10 (khajja°). -- 2. product, make; vessel: danta° “ivory make,” i. e. vessels of ivory M.II,18; D.I,78; J.I,320. -- 3. arrangement, get up, assortment; form, shape J.V,292 (mālā° garlandarrangement).

--phala an assortment of fruit J.V,417. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】种类，类型，某种形状。 ~ka, 【形】 (在【合】中) 有许多种类或形状的。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikatika: {'def': '(f.) [fr. vikati] a woollen coverlet (embroidered with figures of lions, tigers etc.) D.I,7 (cp. DA.I,87); A.I,181; Vin.I,192; ThA.55 (Ap V,10: tūlikā°). (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. vikati),【形】(在【合】中) 有许多种类或造形的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikatta: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vi+kantati²] cut open J.VI,111 (v. l. °kanta). (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikattana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+kantati²] cutter, knife Vin.III,89 (tiṇha go°) M.I,449; J.VI,441. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikatthaka: {'def': '~tthī, 【阳】吹牛者。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'vikatthī,【阳】吹牛者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikatthana: {'def': '【中】自夸。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】自夸。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+katth] boasting SnA 549. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikatthati: {'def': '(vi + kath + a), 自夸，炫耀。【过】 ~thi。【过分】 ~thita。【独】~thitvā。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+katthati] to boast, show off S.II,229; J.I,454 (=vañcana-vacanaṁ vadati C.). -- pp. vikatthita. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+kath+a), 自夸，炫耀。【过】vikatthi。【过分】vikatthita。【独】vikatthitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikatthin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vi+katth] boasting; only neg. a° not boasting, modest A.V,157; Sn.850; Miln.414. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikatthita: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vikatthati] boasting J.I,359. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikaṇṇa: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+kaṇṇa] having deranged or bent corners, frayed Vin.I,297; II,116. (Page 611)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikaṇṇaka: {'def': '[fr. vikaṇṇa] a kind of arrow (barbed?) J.II,227, 228. (Page 611)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikaṭa: {'def': '(vi+kata, of kr),【形】改变的，扭曲的，污染的(changed, altered, distorted; disgusting, foul, filthy)。【中】污物，污垢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+kata, of kṛ] changed, altered, distorted; disgusting, foul, filthy Pgdp 63 (°ānana with filthy mouth). -- nt. filth, dirt; four mahā-vikaṭāni applied against snake-bite, viz., gūtha, mutta, chārikā, mattikā Vin.I,206. -- Cp. vekaṭika.

--bhojana filthy food D.I,167; M.I,79. (Page 611)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】改变的。【中】污物，污垢。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikesikā: {'def': '(adj. --f.) [vi+kesa+ika] with loose or dishevelled hair Vin.I,15. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikhādana: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+khādana] biting, chewing Dhs.646, 740, 875; DhsA.330. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikirati: {'def': '(vi+kir散+a), 分散，散布，洒。【过】vikiri。【现分】vikiranta, vikiramāna。【独】vikiritvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + kir + a), 分散，散布，洒。【过】 vikiri。【现分】 ~ranta,vikiramāna。【独】 ~ritvā。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kirati] to scatter about, sprinkle, spread, mix up (trs. & intrs.) M.I,127; S.III,190 (in simile of playing children: paṁsv’āgārakāni hatthehi ca pādehi ca vikiranti [mix up] vidhamanti [fall about] viddhaṁsenti [tumble over] vikīḷanikaṁ karonti, describing the scrambling and crowding about. In quite a diff. interpretation appl^d to Arahantship: see under vikiraṇa, as also in the same chapter (S.III,190 § 11 sq.) in phrase rūpaṁ vikirati vidhamati etc. where it is meant in trs. sense of “destroy”; thus vi° in the same verb in meaning (vi° 1 & 2); S.IV,41 (kāyo vikiri [came to pieces] seyyathâpi bhusa-muṭṭhi); J.I,226; Pv.II,3⁸ (vikiri, v. l. for okiri); Miln.101, 237 (lokadhātu vikireyya, would fall to pieces; comb^d with vidhameyya & viddhaṁseyya “drop & tumble,” denoting total confusion and destruction. Similarly on p. 250=337 “vāri pokkhara-patte vikirati vidhamati viddhaṁsati”: the water scatters, drops & falls off; appl^d figuratively to bad qualities at same passage); SnA 172. -- Pass. vikiriyyati & vikirīyati may be taken either to vikirati or vikaroti (cp. kiriyati); DhsA.19 (suttena saṅgahitāni pupphāni na vikirīyanti na viddhaṁsiyanti: get scattered and fall off); ppr. vikirīyamāna PvA.271 (with sprawling or confused limbs); imper. vikiriyyatu J.III,368. -- pp. vikiṇṇa. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikiraṇa: {'def': '【中】散布，驱散。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt. & adj.) [fr. vikirati] 1. scattering, dispersing; being scattered or dispersed D.I,11 (cp. DA.I,96).-Vbh.358 (T. reads vikī°; v. l. vikāraṇa & vikkir°)=Pug.23 (which reads nikaraṇā; trsl. “guilefulness”). In this connection VbhA.493 interprets vikiraṇa (or °ā) as “denial, abnegation” (pretext?), by saying “nâhaṁ eva karomī ti pāpānaṁ vikkhipanato vikiraṇā.” -- With ref. to Arahantship (the dissolution of the body) at DhA.III,109 in formula bhedana-vikiraṇa-viddhaṁsanadhamma i. e. “of the nature of total destruction.” Cp. BSk. formula śatana-patana-vikiraṇa-vidhvaṁsana (-dharmatā) AvŚ I.96 (where S. Speyer in Index considers vikaraṇa the correct form)=Divy 299 (reading cyavanapatana°)=Lal. V, 242. See also S.III,190 (under vikirati). -- 2. (adj.) scattering, spending, squandering, f. °ī Sn. 112. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】散布，驱散。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikirīyati: {'def': '(vikirati 的【被】), 被打碎。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vikirati 的【被】), 被打碎。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikitteti: {'def': '[vi+kitteti] to slander Miln.276 (opp. pakitteti). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikiṇṇa: {'def': '(vikirati 的【过分】), 已遍布，已到处撒满。vikiṇṇakesa,【形】有头发蓬乱的。vikiṇṇavācā﹐', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vikirati 的【过分】), 已遍布，已到处撒满。 ~kesa, 【形】有头发蓬乱的。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vikirati] scattered about, strewn all over, loose Vin.I,209 (undurehi okiṇṇa°; overrun); J.V,82.

--kesa with dishevelled hair J.I,47; Vism.415. --vāca (adj.) of loose talk S.I,61 (=asaññata-vacana K.S. I.320); Pug.35 (same explⁿ PugA 217): J.V,77 (=patthaṭavacana C.). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkama: {'def': '[fr. vi+kram] 1. walking about, stepping; in °malaka walking-enclosure, “peripateίon,” corridor J.I,449. -- 2. strength, heroism J.II,211, 398; III,386 (°porisa). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹vi+kram),【阳】1.迈步(walking about, stepping)。2.坚强，英勇(strength, heroism)。【过分】vikkanta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】力量，英勇，迈步。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkamana: {'def': '【中】努力，前进。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】努力，前进。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkamati: {'def': '[vi+kamati] to have or show strength, to exert oneself J.III,184 (=parakkamati); Miln.400. -- pp. vikkanta. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+kam(梵kram)超越+a),向前走，发挥自己(to have or show strength, to exert oneself)。【过】vikkami。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + kam + a), 发挥自己，向前地行走。【过】 vikkami。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkandati: {'def': '(vi+kand+a), 大声地哭，悲伤(to cry out, lament, wail)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+kandati] to cry out, lament, wail J.VI,525. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + kand + a), 大声地哭，发出大噪音。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkanta: {'def': '[pp. of vi+kram] heroic J.I,119; II,211; IV,271; Miln.400 (°cārin, of a lion). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(pp. of vi+kram),【中】向前走，英勇(heroic)。【梵】(世尊八十种好的项目︰) siṃhavikrāntagāmin(举步如狮)、nāgavikrāntagāmin(举步如象)、haṃsavikrāntagāmin(举步如鹅)、vrsabhavikrāntagāmin(举步如牛)、pradaksiṇāvartagāmin(举步右旋)、cārugāmin(举步优美)、avakragāmin(举步直行)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】英勇。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkaya: {'def': '【阳】售卖。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kaya] selling, sale A.II,209; Sn.929 (kaya+); J.I,121; II,200; IV,115 (majja°); Miln.194 (°bhaṇḍa goods for sale, merchandise); PvA.29, 113 (°bhaṇḍa). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+kaya),【阳】售卖(selling, sale)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkayika: {'def': '& °kāyika (adj.-n.) [fr. vikiṇāti] 1. a salesman, vendor DhA.IV,50 (ā). -- 2. for sale J.I,201 (ā); DhA.I,269 (a). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'vikketu, 【阳】卖方，售货员。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'vikketu(‹vikiṇāti),【阳】卖方，售货员(a salesman, vendor)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkhalita: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+khalita²] stumbling, fault, faux pas A.I,199. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhambha: {'def': '【阳】直径。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+khambha 1] diameter (lit. support) J.V,268, 271; Mhvs 18, 27. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+khambha1),【阳】直径(diameter)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkhambhana: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+khambha+na] withdrawal of support, stopping (the nīvaraṇas or any evil influences or corruptions: kilesa°), arresting, paralysing; elimination, discarding Ps.II,179; Nd¹ 6; Nd² 338, 606^b; J.III,15 (kilesa°+metta-bhāvana-jhān’uppatti); IV,17; Vism320; Sdhp.455. -- Usually in foll. cpds.: °pahāna elimination (of character-blemishes) by discarding J.II,230; Nd² 203; Vism.5; DhsA.352; SnA 19; °vimutti emancipation by elimination J.II,35; °viveka arrest by aloofness DhsA.12, 164; Vism.140, 141. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+khambha+na,【中】抽离，丢弃，镇压(withdrawal of support, stopping)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】逮捕，除去，丢弃，镇压。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkhambhanatā: {'def': '(f.) [vikkhambhana+tā] state of having undone or discarded, removal, destruction, paralysis Nett 15, 16. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhambhati: {'def': '[fr. vi+khambha 2] (intrs.) to become stiff (with fear), to be scared or frightened Ap. 50. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhambheti: {'def': '(vi+khambh+e), 镇压，丢弃，消灭。【过】vikkhambhesi。【过分】vikkhambhita。【现分】vikkhambhenta。【独】vikkhambhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+khambheti] (trs.) to “unprop,” unsettle, discard; to destroy, extirpate, paralyse (cp. khambha 2 and chambheti), give up, reject Sn.969 (=abhibhavati etc. Nd¹ 492); Vism.268; J.I,303 (jhānabalena kilese v.); Miln.34 (nīvaraṇe); DhA.IV,119 (pītiṁ vikkhambhetvā: here in meaning “set up, establish”? Or to produce such pīti as to be called pharaṇā pīti, thus vikkhambheti=pharati 2? Or as denom. fr. vikkhambha “diameter”=to establish etc.?); VvA.156 (read °etvā.)-- pp. vikkhambhita. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + khambh + e), 镇压，丢弃，消灭。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~bhita。【现分】 ~bhenta。【独】 ~bhetvā。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkhambhika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vikkhambheti] leading to arrest (of passions), conducive to discarding (the blemishes of character) Vism.114. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhambhita: {'def': '[pp. of vikkhambheti] arrested, stopped, paralysed, destroyed Ps.II,179; Tikp 155, 320 sq.; Dukp 10. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhambhiya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of vikkhambheti] in neg. a° not to be obstructed or overcome D.III,146. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhaṇḍati: {'def': '[vi+khaṇḍati] to break (up), destroy, spoil Sdhp.450 (ger. °iya). -- pp. vikkhaṇḍita. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhaṇḍita: {'def': '[pp. of vikkhaṇḍati] broken, ruined, spoilt Sdhp.436. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhepa: {'def': '[vi+khepa] 1. disturbance, derangement J.VI,139. -- 2. perplexity, confusion D.I,59. -- vācā° equivocation, senseless talk D.I,24. -- 3. in citta° & cetaso v. upset of mind, unbalanced mind, mental derangement: citta° S.I,126; Pug.69; cetaso A.III,448; Dhs.429; Vbh.373. -- avikkhepa equanimity, balance D.III,213; A.I,83; Ps.I,94; Dhs.160, 430; Vbh.178 sq., 231 sq., 266 sq., 279 sq., 285 sq.

--paṭibāhana exclusion or warding off of confusion (of mind) or disturbance Vism.244; VbhA.227. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhepaka: {'def': '【形】扰乱者。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】扰乱者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkhepika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vikkhepa], in phrase amarā°: see under amarā; another suggestion as to explanation may be: khipa=eel-basket, thus vikhep-ika one who upsets the eel-basket, i. e. causes confusion. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkheḷikā: {'def': '(adj.-f.) [vi+kheḷa+ikā] having saliva dropping from the mouth (of sleeping women), slobbering Vin.I,15. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhipana: {'def': '【中】 Vikkhepa, 【阳】扰乱，混乱，错乱。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [cp. BSk. viksepa refusal AvŚ I.94] refusal, denial VbhA.493 (see vikiraṇa 1). (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】vikkhepa,【阳】扰乱，混乱，错乱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkhipati: {'def': '(vi+khip(梵ksip)抛+a), 扰乱，搞乱。【过】vikkhipi。【现分】vikkhipanta。【独】vikkhipitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + khip + a), 扰乱，搞乱。【过】 ~khipi。【现分】 ~panta。【独】~pitvā。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkhipatti: {'def': '[Pass. of vikkhipati] to be disturbed J.I,400 (gocare, in . . .); Miln.337 (cittaṁ). -- pp. vikkhitta. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhitta: {'def': '(vikkhipati 的【过分】), 已扰乱，已困惑。 ~citta, 【形】心很混乱的，心很烦躁的。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+khitta] 1. upset, perplexed, mentally upset, confused S.II,122 (°citta); V,157, 263 sq.; A.III,174 (°citta); V,147 (id.); Vism.410 (=uddhacc’ânugata). -- a° undisturbed, composed, collected A.V,149; It.94; PvA.26. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vikkhipati 的【过分】；sk. viksipta), 已扰乱，已困惑(upset, perplexed, mentally upset, confused)。vikkhittacitta,【形】心烦意乱的。avikkhitta, 【反】已不扰乱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkhittaka: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+khitta+ka] 1. scattered all over, deranged, dismembered; of a dead body with respect to its limbs (as one of the asubha-kammaṭṭhāna’s: cp. vikkhāyika & vicchiddaka) Vism.110 (°saññā)=Miln.332; Vism.179 (with defⁿ vividhaṁ khittaṁ vikkhittaṁ; aññena hatthaṁ aññena pādaṁ aññena sīsan ti evaṁ tato tato khittassa chava-sarīrassa adhivacanaṁ), 194. --hata° killed & cut up Vism.179.-2. citta° of unbalanced or deranged mind Miln.308. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】到处散布的。【中】到处散布的尸体。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】到处散布的(scattered all over, deranged, dismembered)。【中】到处散布的屍体。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkhobhana: {'def': '【中】大骚动。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】大骚动。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkhobheti: {'def': '(vi+khubh摇动+e), 彻底地摇动或扰乱。【过】vikkhobhesi。【过分】vikkhobhita。【独】vikkhobhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + khubh + e), 彻底地摇动或扰乱。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~bhita。【独】 ~bhetvā。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkhobhita: {'def': '[pp. of vikkhobheti: see khobha] thoroughly shaken up or disturbed Miln.377. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhāleti: {'def': '(vi + khāl + e), 洗掉，漱口。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~lita。【独】~letvā。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+khāl+e), 洗掉，漱口。【过】vikkhālesi。【过分】vikkhālita。【独】vikkhāletvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+khāḷeti] to wash off, to wash one’s face (mukhaṁ) rinse one’s mouth Vin.II,201; S.II,269; J.I,266, 459; PvA.75, 209, 241 (=ācameti). -- pp. vikkhālita (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhālita: {'def': '[pp. of vikkhāleti] washed off, cleansed Vin.II,201; Vism.59. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhāyitaka: {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [vi+khāyati(=khādita)+ka] “pertaining (or: of the nature of) to being eaten up,” i. e. a (mental) representation obtained by contemplation of a corpse gnawed by animals, one of the asubhakammaṭṭhānas Vism.110=Miln.332 (°saññā); Vism.179, 194. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkhīyati: {'def': '[vi+khīyati] to go to ruin, to be destroyed, to be lost J.V,392 (fut. °īyissati). -- pp. vikkhīṇa. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+khīyati), 破坏(to go to ruin, to be destroyed, to be lost, J.V,392 (fut. vikkhīyissati). -- pp. vikkhīṇa.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkhīṇa: {'def': '[vi+khīṇa] totally destroyed, finished, gone Th.2, 22. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+khīṇa), 完全破坏(totally destroyed, finished, gone)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkiṇāti: {'def': '(vi+ki+ṇā), 卖。【过】vikkiṇi。【过分】vikkiṇita, vikkīta。【现分】vikkiṇanta。【独】vikkiṇitvā。【不】vikkiṇituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + ki + ṇā), 卖。【过】 vikkiṇi。【过分】 ~kiṇita, ~kīta。【现分】~ṇanta。【独】 ~ṇitvā。【不】 ~ṇituŋ。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kiṇāti] to sell J.I,227, 377 (ger. vikkiṇitvā); PvA.100 (id.), 191 (aor. vikkiṇi). -- inf. vikketu ṁ J.III,283. -- grd. vikkiṇiya=for sale DhA.I,390 (°bhaṇḍa merchandise). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkuthita: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+kuthita] boiled, °duddha boiled milk KhA 60 (T. reads vikkuthita-duṭṭha-vaṇṇa, but App. SnA Index p. 870: vikkuṭṭhita-duddha°). The corresp. passage at Vism.260 has duṭṭha-khīra-vaṇṇa, which seems faulty. (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikkāyika: {'def': '【形】被卖的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】被卖的。 ~bhaṇḍa, 【中】交易。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikkāyikabhaṇḍa: {'def': '【中】交易。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikkīḷita: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+kīḷita] sporting, amusement, pastime Nett 124 (in appl^d meaning). (Page 614)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikopana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+kup] upsetting, injuring, doing harm J.II,330=IV.471; Miln.185, 266; DhsA.145. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】令人生气，伤害。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】令人生气，伤害。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikopeti: {'def': '(vi + kup + e), 扰乱，伤害，破坏。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~pita。【独】 ~petvā。【现分】 ~penta。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+kopeti] 1. to shake up PvA.253. -- 2. to upset, spoil, to do harm Vin.III,47; Miln.276 (vikitteti+). -- 3. to destroy J.VI,68 (padaṁ a track). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+kup+e), 扰乱，伤害，破坏。【过】vikopesi。【过分】vikopita。【独】vikopetvā。【现分】vikopenta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikopin: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+kup] shaking, disturbed; neg. a° J.VI,226. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikoṭṭita: {'def': '[vi+koṭṭita] beaten, cut, slain, killed Miln.304 (koṭṭita+). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikubbana: {'def': '【中】奇迹的转换。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】奇迹的转换。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. vikubbati] miraculous transformation, change; assuming a diff. form by supernatural power; miracle Th.1, 1183; Ps.II,174, 210; Dpvs VIII,6 (°esu kovida); Mhvs 19, 19; Miln.343; Vism.309, 316 sq. More specific as iddhi-vikubbana (or °ā), i. e. by psychic powers, e. g. D.II,213; Vism.373 sq.; or vikubbanā iddhi Vism.378, 406; VvA.58; DhsA.91 (the var. forms of iddhi). Cp. Kvu trsl. 50; Cpd. 61. -- The BSk. form is represented by the pp. of vikubbati, i. e. vikurvita, e. g. AvŚ I.258; Divy 269 etc. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikubbati: {'def': '(vi + kar + o, karo 被改成 kubba), 转换，神变。【过】 vikubbi。【过分】 ~bita。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+kar行+o, karo 被改成 kubba), 转换，神变。【过】vikubbi。【过分】vikubbita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+kubbati, med. of karoti] to change round, transform, do magic J.III,114 (=parivatteti); Dpvs.I,40 (vikubbeyya); also in phrase iddhi-vikubbati to work transformation by magic (psychic) potency Kvu 55. -- ppr. f. vikubbantī Vv 11² (iddhiṁ working magic, =vikubban’iddhiyo vaḷañjentī VvA.58), and vikubbamānā (iddhi°) Vv 31¹. -- pp. *vikubbita miracle: see vikubbana. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikuddha: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+kuddha] free fr. anger J.V,308. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikujjhita: {'def': '[vi+pp. of kujjheti] made angry, angered, annoyed, vexed M.II,24 (so read for vikujjita). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikulāva: {'def': '(ka) (adj.) [vi+kulāva] having no nest, without a nest S.I,224 (ka); J.I,203. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikuṇita: {'def': '【过分】已扭曲，已变形。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+kuṇita] distorted, deformed Vism.346 (°mukha); PvA.123 (id.). Cp. vikūṇa. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已扭曲，已变形。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikāla: {'def': '[vi+kāla] “wrong time,” i. e. not the proper time, which usually means “afternoon” or “evening,” and therefore often “too late.” -- Vin.IV,274 (=time from sunset to sunrise); J.V,131 (ajja vikālo to-day it is too late); VvA.230 (id.). -- Loc. vikāle (opp. kāle) as adv., meaning: (1) at the wrong time Vin.I,200; Sn.386; PvA.12. -- (2) too late Vv 84 (=akāle VvA.337); DhA.I,356; IV,69. -- (3) very late (at night) J.V,458.

--bhojana taking a meal at the wrong time, i, e. in the afternoon Vin.I,83; D.I,5; A.I,212; II,209; Sn.400; DA.I,77. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】错误的时间，午后和夜晚。 ~bhojana, 【中】在午后和晚上吃食物。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】错误的时间，午后和夜晚。vikālabhojana,【中】非时食(在午后和晚上吃食物)。Pāci.IV,166.︰Vikālo nāma majjhanhike vītivatte yāva aruṇuggamanā.(非时︰已过中午，到(隔日)天亮)。)KhA.36：vikālabhojananti majjhanhikavītikkame bhojanaṁ.(非时食：超过正午吃食。) KhA.35︰vikālabhojanassa cattāri aṅgāni-- (1)vikālo, (2)yāvakālikaṁ, (3)ajjhoharaṇaṁ, (4)anummattakatāti.( (非时食有四条件︰1.非时，2.时药(一般食物)，3.吞咽，4.未疯狂)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikāra: {'def': '【阳】改变，变更，复原，扰乱，畸形，质量。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】改变，变更，复原，扰乱，畸形，特质。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. vi+kṛ] 1. change, alteration, in mahā° great change Vism.366, 367 (of two kinds: anupādiṇṇa & upādiṇṇa, or primary & secondary, i. e. the first caused by kappa-vuṭṭhāna, the second by dhātu-kkhobha); KhA 107 (vaṇṇa°). -- 2. distortion, reversion, contortion, in var. connections, as kucchi° stomach-ache Vin.I,301; bhamuka° frowning DhA.IV,90; raukha° grimace, contortion of the face, J.II,448; PvA.123; hattha° hand-figuring, signs with the hand, gesture Vin.I,157 (+hattha-vilaṅghaka)=M.I,207 (reads vilaṅgaka); Vin.V,163 (with other similaṛ gestures); J.IV,491; V,287; VI,400, 489. -- Kern. Toev. s. v. vikāra is hardly correct in translating hattha-vikārena at Vin.I,157 by “eigenhandig,” i. e. with his own hand. It has to be comb^d with hattha-vilaṅghakena. -- 3. perturbation, disturbance, inconvenience, deformity Vin.I,271, 272 (°ṁ sallakkheti observe the uneasiness); Miln.224 (tāvataka v. temporary inconvenience), 254 (°vipphāra disturbing influence); SnA 189 (bhūta° natural blemish). -- 4. constitution, property, quality (cp. Cpd. 157², 168¹) Vism.449 (rūpa° material quality); VvA.10 (so correct under maya in P.D. vol. III, p. 147). -- 5. deception, fraud PvA.211 (=nikati). -- Cp. nibbikāra. (Page 612)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikāsa: {'def': '[vi+kas: see vikasati¹] opening, expansion J.VI,497 (vana° opening of the forest); Dhtp 265. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】扩充，打开。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】扩充，打开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikāseti: {'def': 'see vikasati. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ka + e), 照明，使伸展，使展开。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~sita。【独】 ~setvā。(p284)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ka+e), 照明，使伸展，使展开。【过】vikāsesi。【过分】vikāsita。【独】vikāsetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikāsika: {'def': '[fr. vi+kṛṣ: see kasati] a linen bandage (Kern: “pluksel”) Vin.I,206 (for wound-dressing). May be a derⁿ fr. kāsika, i. e. Benares cloth, the vi° denoting as much as “a kind of.” (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikāsin: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. vi+kāś: see vikasati²] illumining, delighting Mhvs 18, 68. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikāsitar: {'def': '[fr. vi+kṛṣ, kasati] one who plucks or pulls, bender of a bow, archer J.VI,201. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikīlanika: {'def': '(adj. & nt.) [fr. vi+kīḷana] playing about; in phrase vikīḷanikaṁ karoti (intrs.) to play all over or excitedly (lit. to make play; vi° in meaning vi° 1) S.III,190; as trs. to put out of play, to discard (vi° 3) ibid. (rūpaṁ etc. v. karoti). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikūjana: {'def': '【中】鸽子的咕咕叫声。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】鸽子的咕咕叫声。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vikūjati: {'def': '[vi+kūjati] to sing (like a bird), warble, chirp, coo PvA.189 (=upanadati). -- ppr. med. vikūjamāna Vin.IV,15; J.V,12. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+kūj+a), 吱喳而呜，鸟鸣，(鸽等)咕咕地叫，唱。【过】vikūji。【过分】vikūjita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + kūj + a), 吱喳而呜，鸟鸣，（鸽等）咕咕地叫，唱。【过】 vikūji。【过分】 ~jita。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vikūla: {'def': '【形】倾斜的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】倾斜的。(p285)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+kūla] sloping down, low-lying A.I,35 (contrasted with ukkūla). We should expect ni° for vi°, as in BSk. (see ukkūla). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikūlaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vikūla] contrary, disgusting Th.2, 467 (=paṭikūla ThA.284). (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vikūṇa: {'def': '[cp. vikuṇita & vikāra] distortion, grimace (mukha°) SnA 30. (Page 613)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilagga: {'def': '【过分】已附著，已执著。【阳】腰部。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+lagga] 1. stuck Vin.I,138; M.I,393. ‹-› 2. slender (of waist) J.V,96 (see virāgita), 216 (see vilāka). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已附着，已执着。【阳】腰部。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilaggita: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+laggita] stretched or bending (?), slender J.IV,20 (see under vilāka). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilajjati: {'def': '[vi+lajjati] to be ashamed, to be bashful, to pretend bashfulness J.V,433. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilakkhaṇa: {'def': '﹐(vi+lakkhaṇa) 【形】【中】错误的特性。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [vi+lakkhaṇa] wrong or false characteristic; (adj.) discharacteristic, i. e. inconsistent with characteristics, discrepant (opp. sa° in accordance with ch.) Miln.405; Nett 78; VbhA.250 sq. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilamba: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+lamba] hanging down; only in redupl. --iter. cpd. olamba-vilamba dropping or falling off all round J.IV,380. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilambana: {'def': '【中】闲荡，羞愧的因素。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】闲荡，羞愧的因素。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilambati: {'def': '(vi + lamb + a), 闲荡，等候，在附近逗留。【过】 vilambi。【过分】 ~bita。【独】 ~bitvā。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+lambati] to loiter, to tarry, lit. “hang about” J.I,413; DhA.I,81. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+lamb垂下+a), 闲荡，等候，在附近逗留。【过】vilambi。【过分】vilambita。【独】vilambitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilambeti: {'def': '(vi + lamb + e), 嘲弄，嘲笑。【过分】 ~bita。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+lamb垂下+e), 嘲弄，嘲笑。【过分】vilambita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilambin: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+lambin] hanging down, drooping M.I,306 (f. °inī, of a creeper, i. e. growing tendrils all over). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilapati: {'def': '(vi + lap + a), 哀悼，悲叹，讲废话。【过】 vilapi。【现分】 ~panta,~pamāna。【独】 ~pitvā。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+lap唠叨+a), 1.讲废话(to talk idly )。2.哀悼，悲叹(to lament, wail)。【过】vilapi。【现分】vilapanta, vilapamāna。【独】vilapitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+lapati] 1. to talk idly J.I,496. -- 2. to lament, wail Th.1, 705; J.II,156; V,179; Miln.275; ThA.148 (Ap. v. 66). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilasati: {'def': '[vi+lasati] to play, dally, sport; to shine forth, to unfold splendour J.V,38 (of a tree “stand herrlich da” Dutoit), 433 (of woman); VI,44 (of a tree, vilāsamāna T.). -- pp. vilasita. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + las + a), 往前照亮，戏耍，游戏。【过】 vilasi。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+las+a), 往前照亮，戏耍，游戏。【过】vilasi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilasita: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vilasati] shining; gay, playful, coquettish J.V,420. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vilasati的【过分】), 已照亮，已鲜明，已壮丽。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilaya: {'def': '【阳】分解。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+laya, cp. līyati] dissolution; °ṁ gacchati, as much as: “to be digested,” to be dissolved Miln.67. ‹-› adj. dissolved, dispersed Dpvs.I,65. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】分解。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilaṅga: {'def': '(nt.) [*Sk. viḍaṅga] the plant Erycibe paniculata Vin.I,201 (v. l. viḷ°). -- °thālikā at Nd¹ 154 read as bilaṅga° (q. v.). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilaṅghaka: {'def': '[fr. vilaṅgheti] in hattha° jerking of the hand beckoning (as a mode of making signs) Vin.I,157= M.I,207 (has g for gh, cp. p. 547). -- Cp. hattha-vikāra. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilaṅghati: {'def': '(vi+lagh+ṁ-a), 跳起，翻筋斗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+laṅghati] to jump about, to leap (over) Sdhp.168. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + lagh + ŋ-a), 跳起，翻筋斗。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilaṅgheti: {'def': '(vi + lagh + ŋ-e), 跳过，违犯。【过分】 ~ghita。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+lagh+ṁ-e), 跳过，违犯。【过分】vilaṅghita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilekha: {'def': '(vi+lekha),【阳】困惑，乱写(perplexity, lit. “scratching” )。Vilekhā,【阴】。manovilekho﹐心的困惑。Suvilekhita,【过分】已刮擦(well scraped)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】困惑，乱写。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+lekha] perplexity, lit. “scratching” Vin.IV,143 (here as f. °ā); Dhs.1256 (mano°); DhsA.260. ‹-› The more common word for “perplexity” is vikkhepa. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilepana: {'def': '(vi+lepana) ,【中】药膏，化妆品，厕所香水(ointment, cosmetic, toilet perfume)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】药膏，化妆品，厕所香水。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [vi+lepana] ointment, cosmetic, toilet perfume A.I,107, 212; II,209; Th.1, 616 (sīlaṁ v. seṭṭhaṁ. Cp. J.III,290); Pug.51, 58; Pv.II,3¹⁶; DA.I,77, 88. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilepeti: {'def': '(vi+lip涂+e), 涂以油。【过】vilepesi。【独】vilepetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + lip + e), 涂以油。【过】 ~esi。【独】 ~petvā。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilepita: {'def': '(Vilepeti的【过分】) 涂以油。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilikhati: {'def': '(vi + likh + a), 擦，刮掉。【过分】 vilikhita。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+likhati] 1. to scrape, scratch S.I,124 (bhūmiṁ); IV,198; DhsA.260 (fig. manaṁ v.; in explⁿ of vilekha). -- 2. to scratch open Vin.II,175. -- pp. vilikhita. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+likh抓+a), 擦，刮掉。【过分】vilikhita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilikhita: {'def': '[pp. of vilikhati] scraped off SnA 207. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilimpati: {'def': '[vi+limpati] to smear, anoint A.III,57; J.I,265 (ger. °itvā); III,277 (ppr. °anto): Pv.I,10⁶ (ger °itvāna); PvA.62 (°itvā). -- pp. vilitta. -- Caus. II. vilimpāpeti to cause to be anointed J.I,50 (gandhehi), 254 (id.). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + lip + ŋ-a), 涂上，涂抹。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+lip涂+ṁ-a), 涂上，涂抹。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilimpeti: {'def': '(vi + limp + e), 涂上，涂抹。【过】 ~esi。【现分】 ~penta。【独】~petvā。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+limp+e), 涂上，涂抹。【过】vilimpesi。【现分】vilimpenta。【独】vilimpetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilitta: {'def': '(vilimpeti 的【过分】), 已涂以油。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vilimpeti‘涂抹’的【过分】), 已涂以油。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vilimpati] anointed D.I,104 (su-nahāta suvilitta kappita-kesa-massu); J.III,91; IV,442. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilivili: {'def': '(--kriyā) see biḷibiḷikā. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilocana: {'def': '【中】眼睛。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [vi+locana] the eye Dāvs.I,41; ThA.253. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】眼睛。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilokana: {'def': '【中】检查，调查。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [vi+lok (loc=roc), see loka & rocati] looking, reflection, investigation, prognostication; usually as 5 objects of reflection as to when & where & how one shall be reborn (pañca-mahā-°āni), consisting in kāla, desa, dīpa, kula, mātā (the latter as janetti-āyu i. e. mother and her time of delivery at J.I,48) or time (right or wrong), continent, sky (orientation), family (or clan) and one’s (future) mother: J.I,48, 49; DhA.I,84; as 8 at Miln.193, viz. kāla, dīpa, desa, kula, janetti, āyu, māsa, nekkhamma (i. e. the 5+period of gestation, month of his birthday, and his renunciation). Without special meaning at DA.I,194 (ālokana+). Cp. volokana. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】检查，调查。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viloketar: {'def': '[n. ag. fr. viloketi] one who looks or inspects DA.I,194 (āloketar+). (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viloketi: {'def': '(vi+lok见+e), 看，检查。【过】vilokesi。【过分】vilokita。【现分】vilokenta。vilokayamāna。【独】viloketvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+loketi, of lok, as in loka] to examine, study, inspect, scrutinize, reflect on Th.2, 282; J.I,48, 49; DhA.I,84; Miln.193; Mhvs 22, 18. -- pp. vilokita. ‹-› Cp. pa° & vo°. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + lok + e), 看，检查。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~kita。【现分】 ~kenta。~kayamāna。【独】 ~ketvā。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilokita: {'def': '(nt.) [pp. of viloketi] a look A.II,104, 106 sq., 210; Pug.44, 45; DA.I,193; VvA.6 (ālokita+). (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viloma: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+loma] against the grain (lit. against the hair), discrepant, reversed, wrong, unnatural Vin.II,115 (of cīvara: unsightly); J.III,113; Dpvs VII.55; DhA.I,379; PvA.87. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】反对的，不同意的。 ~tā, 【阴】意见不同，相差。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】【中】反对的，不同意的，拂逆的。vilomatā,【阴】意见不同，相差。Dhp.50.︰Na paresaṁ vilomāni, na paresaṁ katākataṁ; attano va avekkheyya, katāni akatāni ca.(不观他人过，不观作不作，但观自身行，已作与未作。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilomana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. viloma] discrepancy, disagreement, reverse DhsA.253. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilomatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. viloma] unseemliness, repugnance SnA 106. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilometi: {'def': '[denom. fr. viloma] to dispute, disagree with, to find fault Nett 22; Miln.29, 295; DhsA.253. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(viloma 的【派】), 不同意，争论。【过】 ~esi。【独】 ~metvā。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(viloma 的【派】), 不同意，争论。【过】vilomesi。【独】vilometvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilopa: {'def': '【阳】 Vilopana, 【中】掠夺，抢劫。 ~ka, 【阳】掠夺者，破坏者。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】vilopana,【中】掠夺，抢劫。vilopaka,【阳】掠夺者，破坏者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+lopa] plunder, pillage M.I,456 (maccha° fishhaul); J.I,7; III,8; VI,409; Dpvs IX.7 (°kamma). ‹-› vilopaṁ khādati to live by plunder J.VI,131. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilopaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vilopa] plundering, living by plundering J.I,5; Miln.122 (f. °ikā). (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilopiya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. formation fr. vilopa] to be plundered; neg. a° Sdhp.311. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viloḷana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+luḷ] & Viloṭana [fr. vi+luḍ; cp. Whitney, Sanskrit Roots, 1885, p. 149, where themes & their forms are given by luṭh¹ to roll, luṭh² & luṇṭh to rob, luḍ to stir up (some forms of it having meaning of luṇṭh)=lul to be lively] shaking, stirring; only found in lexicogr. literature as defⁿ of several roots, viz. of gāh Dhtp 349; Dhtm 504; math & manth (see mathati) Dhtp 126; Dhtm 183. See also luḷati. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】搅拌。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】搅拌。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viloḷeti: {'def': '(vi+luḷ激起+e), 搅拌，摇动。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+loḷeti or loleti, cp. vilulita] to stir, to move about J.I,26; Dpvs VI,52. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + luḷ + e), 搅拌，摇动。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilugga: {'def': '(vilujjati 的【过分】), 已打破，已弄碎。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+lugga] broken; only in redupl.-iter. cpd. olugga-vilugga all broken up, tumbling to pieces M.I,80, 450. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vilujjati 的【过分】), 已打破，已弄碎。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilulita: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+luḷita; cp. BSk. vilulita Jtm 210] stirred, agitated, shaken, disturbed Dāvs.IV,54 (bhaya°citta). Cp. viloḷeti. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilumpaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vi+lup] (act. or pass.) plundering or being plundered J.I,370 (°cora); II,239 (pass.). (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilumpamāna: {'def': '(ka) [orig. ppr. med. of vilumpati] plundering, robbing J.V,254; PvA.4 (°ka cora). (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilumpana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vilumpati] plundering DhA.III,23. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilumpati: {'def': '(vi+lumpati) ﹐掠夺，抢夺(to plunder, rob, steal, ruin)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+lumpati] to plunder, rob, steal, ruin S.I,85=J.II,239; V,99; Miln.193; VvA.100; DhA.III,23. -- Pass. viluppati J.V,254 (gloss for °lump° of p. 253). -- pp. vilutta. -- Caus. II. vilumpāpeti to incite to plunder Miln.193; J.I,263. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilutta: {'def': '(vilumpati 的【过分】), 已掠夺，已抢夺。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vilumpati] plundered, stripped, robbed, ruined S.I,85=J.II,239; J.V,99; VI,44; Miln.303; Mhvs 33, 71 (corehi). (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vilumpati 的【过分】), 已掠夺，已抢夺。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilāka: {'def': '(adj.) [perhaps=vilagga (Geiger, P.Gr. § 612), although difficult to connect in meaning] only in f. °a: slender (of waist); the explⁿ with vilagga may refer to a comparison with a creeper (cp. vilambin & J.V,215) as “hanging” (“climbing”) i. e. slim, but seems forced. See also virāgita which is expl^d in the same way. The word is peculiar to the “Jātaka” style. -- J.IV,19 (=suṭṭhu-vilaggita-tanu-majjhā); V,155 (+mudukā; C. expl^s as saṅkhitta-majjhā), 215 (°majjhā=vilaggasarīrā C.), 506 (velli-vilāka-majjhā=vilagga-majjhā, tanu-dīgha-majjhā C.); VvA.280 (°majjhā for sumajjhimā of Vv 64¹³; T. reads vilāta°). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilāpa: {'def': '[vi+lāpa] idle talk J.I,496; V,24. Cp. saṁ°. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】悲叹，无价值的话。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】悲叹，无价值的话。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilāpanatā: {'def': '(f.)=vilāpa Pug.21. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilāsa: {'def': '【阳】魅力(charm)，优雅，美，外表，献媚(coquetry)。vilāsitā，【阴】献媚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】魅力，优雅，美人，外表，献媚。 ~sitā，【阴】献媚。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. vilasati] 1. charm, grace, beauty J.I,470; VI,43; Miln.201; ThA.78; PvA.3. -- desanā° beauty of instruction DA.I,67; Vism.524, 541; Tikp 21. -- 2. dalliance, sporting, coquetry J.III,408; V,436. vilāsa is often coupled with līlā (q. v.). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilāsavant: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vilāsa] having splendour, grace or beauty Mhvs 29, 25. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilāsin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vilāsa] shining forth, unfolding splendour, possessing charm or grace, charming DA.I,40 (vyāmapabhā parikkhepa-vilāsinī splendour shining over a radius of a vyāma). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilāsinī: {'def': '【阴】女人。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】女人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilāsī: {'def': '【形】有吸引力的，优雅的。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】有吸引力的，优雅的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilīna: {'def': '(vilīyati‘融化’的【过分】), 已溶解。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+līna, pp. of vilīyati] 1. clinging, sticking [cp. līyati 1] Vin.I,209 (olīna° sticking all over). ‹-› 2. matured (“digested”? cp. vilaya) J.IV,72 (nava°gosappi freshly matured ghee); Miln.301 (phalāni ripefruit). -- 3. [cp. līyati 2] molten, i. e. refined, purified J.IV,118 (tamba-loha° molten or liquid-hot copper); v. 269 (tamba-loha°, id.; cp. C. on p. 274; vilīnaṁ tambālohaṁ viya pakkaṭṭhitaṁ lohitaṁ pāyenti); DhsA.14 (°suvaṇṇa). -- Cp. uttatta in same sense and the explⁿ of velli as “uttatta-ghana-suvaṇṇa-rāsi-ppabbā” at J.V,506 C. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilīva: {'def': '【中】一片竹，一片簧片。vilīvakāra,【阳】编制篮技工。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& Viliva (adj.) [Kern, Toev. s. v. compares Sk, bilma slip, chip. Phonetically viliva=Sk. bilva: see billa] 1. made of split bamboo Vin.II,266 (i). -- 2. (ī) a chip of bamboo or any other reed, a slip of reed M.I,566 (Bdhgh on M.I,429); Vism.310 (°maya). (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】一片竹，一片簧片。 ~kāra, 【阳】编制篮技工。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilīvakāra: {'def': '[vilīva+kāra] a worker in bamboo, a basketmaker Vin.III,82; Miln.331; VbhA.222 (°ka in simile); PvA.175. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vilīyana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vilīyati] melting, dissolution Sdhp.201. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】熔化，分解。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】熔化，分解。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vilīyati: {'def': '[vi+līyati 2] to melt (intrs.), to be dissolved, to perish J.IV,498; Vism.420 (pabbata, spelling here with ḷ; Warren wrong “are hidden from view,” i. e. nilīyati); DhsA.336 (phānita-piṇḍa; trslⁿ not to the point: “reduced or pounded”); Sdhp.383; Pgdp 21. -- pp. vilīna. -- Cp. pa°. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+lī执著+ya), 融化，被溶解，毁灭。【过】vilīyi。【现分】vilīyamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + lī + ya), 融化，被溶解，毁灭。【过】 vilīyi。【现分】 ~yamāna。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vilūna: {'def': '【过分】已切掉，已撕掉。(p298)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+lūna] cut off (always with ref. to the hair) M.III,180=A.I,138; Miln.11; PvA.47. (Page 636)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+lūna),【过分】已切掉，已撕掉(cut off (always with ref. to the hair))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimada: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+mada] disintoxicated, without conceit J.V,158 (taken as “unconscious” by C.). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimaddana: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+maddana] crushing, destroying VvA.232. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimajjana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+majjati²] making smooth, polishing M.I,385. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimala: {'def': '【形】干净的，无脏污的，无沾染的。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+mala] without stains, spotless, unstained, clean, pure A.IV,340; Sn.378, 476, 519, 637, 1131 (cp. Nd² 586); J.I,18; Miln.324; DhA.IV,192. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+mala),【形】无脏污的，无沾染的(without stains, spotless, unstained)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimalayaka: {'def': '[cp. Sk. vimalaka] a certain precious stone of dark-blue colour VvA.111. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimana: {'def': '(vi+mano) ,【形】1.困惑、使惊恐(perplexed, consternated)。2.糊涂(infatuate)。3.心烦意乱(distracted, distressed)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+mano] 1. perplexed, consternated Miln.23, 118; PvA.274. -- 2. infatuate Th.2, 380. ‹-› 3. distracted, distressed Th.1, 1051; J.VI,523. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】得罪的，心烦意乱的。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vimariyādikata: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+mariyādā+kata] lit. made unrestricted, i. e. delivered, set free S.II,173; III,31 (vippamutto °ena cetasā viharati); VI,11; A.V,151 sq. -- At Th.1, 184 v. l. for vipariyādi°. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimata: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vi+man] perplexed, in doubt J.V,340. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimati: {'def': '【阴】疑惑，困惑。 ~cchedaka, 【形】除去困惑的。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [vi+mati] doubt, perplexity, consternation D.I,105; S.IV,327; A.II,79, 185; Ap 29; Dhs.425; J.III,522; Miln.119, 144, 339; DA.I,274. (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+mati),【阴】疑惑，困惑(doubt, perplexity, consternation)。vimaticchedaka,【形】除去困惑的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimaṭṭha: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+maṭṭha] smoothed, soft, smooth, polished J.V,96 (°ābharana), (C. expl^s as “visāla”), 204, 400 (of ornaments). --ubhato-bhāga° polished or smooth on both sides M.I,385; A.V,61=M.II,13 (has °maddha). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimba: {'def': 'is another spelling for bimba at S.V,217. Cp. BSk. vimbaka (form of face) Divy 172, 525. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimhaya: {'def': '【阳】惊异，惊奇。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. vismaya, vi+smi] astonishment, surprise, disappointment J.V,69 (in explⁿ of vyamhita); Mhvs 5, 92; SnA 42 (explaining “vata”), 256 (do. for “ve”=aho); DA.I,43; VvA.234, 329. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】惊异，惊奇。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vimhita: {'def': '【过分】已使惊讶。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已使惊讶。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vi+smi, cp. mihita] astonished, discouraged, dismayed J.VI,270 (su° very dismayed); Miln.122; Mhvs 6, 19; Dāvs II.80. See also vyamhita. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimhāpaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vimhāpati] deceiving, dismaying SnA 549 (=kuhaka). (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】使吃惊的人。vimohāpana。【中】令人惊讶的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】使吃惊的人。 ~pana。【中】令人惊讶的。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vimhāpana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vimhāpeti] dismaying, deceiving disappointing Vism.24 (in explⁿ of kuhana); Dhtp 633 (id.). (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimhāpeti: {'def': '(vi + mhi + āpe), 使惊讶，使惊奇。【过】 ~esi。【过分】vimhāpita。【独】 ~petvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Caus. of *vimhayati=vi+smi] to astonish, to cause dismay to, to deceive Mhvs 17, 44; DA.I,91 (in explⁿ of kuhaka). (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+mhi +āpe), 使惊讶，使惊奇。【过】vimhāesi。【过分】vimhāpita。【独】vimhāpetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimocaka: {'def': '【阳】释放者。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】释放者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimocana: {'def': '【中】从…释放，放出，解放。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】从…释放，放出，解放。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [vi+mocana] 1. letting loose, discharging Dhtm 216 (assu°). -- 2. release from, doing away with Mhvs 35, 73 (antarāya°). (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimoceti: {'def': 'see vimuccati. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vimuccati‘被释放开’的【使】), 使释放，使自由。【过】vimocesi。【过分】vimocita。【现分】vimocenta。【独】vimocetvā。【阳.单.主】【现分】vimocayaṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + muc + e), 释放，使自由。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~cita。【现分】 ~centa。【独】 ~cetvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vimoheti: {'def': '(vi + muh + e), 迷惑，使昏乱，诱骗。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~hita。【独】 ~hetvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ muh(梵muh)昏迷+e), 迷惑，使昏乱，诱骗。【过】vimohesi。【过分】vimohita。【独】vimohetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimohita: {'def': '[pp. of vi+moheti] deluded, bewildered Sdhp.363. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimokkha: {'def': '= vimokha (vi离+muc释放),【阳】救出，释放，解脱。Tīṇi vimokkhamukhāni(梵triṇi vimoksamukhāni)，三解脱门--无常解脱门、苦解脱门、无我解脱门；《念住经》一再强调随观集灭(生灭)，可以一路直达涅盘。aṭṭha vimokkhā(梵asṭau vimoksāh)﹐八解脱。「八解脱」的第一解脱是「以色观色」，第二解脱是「内观无色想，以见外界之诸色」，此二解脱是不净观。第三解脱是「一心净思」(或净解脱身作证)，是净观。此三解脱是光中见色与净色的禅定。第四至第八解脱是空无边处、识无边处、无所有处、非想非非想处、灭受想。「八胜处」的前四胜处，是不净观；后四胜处──内无色相外观色青，黄，赤，白，是净观。十遍处中的前八遍处──地，水，火，风，青，黄，赤，白遍处，都是净观。光明想与净色的观想，是胜解作意(adhimoksa-manaskāra别译：假想观)，而不是真实观。五解脱智成熟想(pañca vimuttiparipācanīyā saññā)—(1)无常想aniccasaññā, (2)於无常苦想anicce dukkhasaññā, (3)於苦无我想dukkhe anattasaññā, (4)断想pahānasaññā, (5)离染想virāgasaññā.(又见D.33/III,243.；《中阿含86经》(T1.563.3)五熟解脱想，(1)无常想、(2)无常苦想、(3)苦无我想、(4)不净恶露想、(5)一切世间不可乐想)；尚有五法--(1)亲近善友、(2)持戒(守护波罗提木叉之律仪)、(3)论法(少欲.知足、远离、不杂、精勤、戒.定.慧.解脱.解脱智见论)、(4)精勤(发勤断诸不善法，具足诸善法而住)、(5)智慧(通达生灭)(又见A.9.3/IV, p.357；Ud.4:1/p.36；《中阿含56经》)；五根(pañcindriyāni)──(1)信根saddhindriyaṁ, (2)精进(勇猛)vīriyindriyaṁ, (3)念根satindriyaṁ, (4)定根samādhindriyaṁ, (5)慧根paññindriyaṁ。若禅修者能观察多生，他对轮回的厌倦将逐渐成熟，这厌智(nibbidāñāṇa)将成为证得道果的强大资助。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】救出，释放，解脱。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(& Vimokha) [fr. vi+muc, cp. mokkha¹] deliverance, release, emancipation, dissociation from the things of the world, Arahantship D.II,70, 111); III,34, 35, 230, 288; M.I,196 (samaya° & asamaya°); S.I,159 (cetaso v.); II,53, 123; III,121; IV,33; A.II,87; IV,316; V,11; Vin.V,164 (cittassa); Sn.1071 (which Nd² 588 expl^s as “agga” etc., thus strangely taking it in meaning of mokkha², perhaps as edifying etym.); Nd² 466 (in explⁿ of Bhagavā); Ps.I,22; II,35 (as 68!), 243; Pug.11 sq.; Vbh.342; Dhs.248; Nett 90, 100, 119, 126; Vism.13, 668 sq.; Miln.159; PvA.98; Sdhp.34, 264. ‹-› The three vimokkhas are: suññato v., animitto v., appaṇihito v. Ps.II,35; Vism.658. The eight vimokkhas or stages of emancipation, are: the condition of rūpī, arūpa-saññī, recognition of subha, realization of ākāsânañc’āyatana, of viññāṇ’ânañc’āyatana, ākiñcaññ’āyatana, neva-saññā-n’âsaññ’āyatana, saññāvedayita-nirodha D.III,262 (cp. Dial. III,242), A.I,40; IV,306; Vbh.342; expl^d in detail at Ps.II,38--40. [cp. BSk. aṣṭau vimokṣāḥ, e. g. AvŚ II.69, 153.] -- In sequence jhāna vimokkha samādhi samāpatti (magga phala) at Vin.I,97, 104; III,91; IV,25; A.III,417, 419; V,34, 38; Vbh.342. -- See also jhāna. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimuccana: {'def': '【中】释放。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】释放。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vimuccati: {'def': '[vi+muccati, Pass. of muñcati] to be released, to be free (of passion), to be emancipated M.I,352; S.II,94, 124; III,46, 189; IV,86; V,218; A.IV,126 sq., 135, 179; Sn.755; Pug.61, 68; Sdhp.613. -- aor. 3^rd pl. vimucciṁsu Sn.p. 149. -- pp. vimutta. See also (an)upādā & (an)upādāya. -- Caus. vimoceti to cause to be released or emancipated, to set free A.II,196 (cittaṁ); Vin.III,70 (id.). -- grd. vimocanīya A.II,196. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + muc + ya), 被释放。【过】 ~cci。【过分】 vimutta。【独】~citvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+muc释放+ya), 被释放。【过】vimucci。【过分】vimutta。【独】vimuccitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimukha: {'def': '【形】厌恶的，怠慢的。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+mukha] turning away from, averted, neglectful Mhvs 22, 80; PvA.3 (dhamma-saññā°), 269 (carita°). (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】厌恶的，怠慢的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimutta: {'def': '(vimuccati 的【过分】), 已释放，已解放，已解脱。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vimuñcati] freed, released, intellectually emancipated Vin.I,8; A.IV,75, 179, 340; V,29; D.III,97, 100, 133, 258; S.I,23, 35; III,13, 53, 137; Sn.354, 475, 522, 877, 1071 sq., 1101, 1114; Nd¹ 283; Nd² 587; Pv IV.1³² (arahā+); Vism.410. -- Often as cittaṁ v. an emancipated heart, e. g. D.I,80; A.III,21; S.I,46, 141; III,90; IV,164; V,157 (here taken by Mrs. Rh. D. at S VI,93, Index, as “unregulated, distrait”); Sn.975; Nd¹ 284; Vbh.197. ubhatobhāga° emancipated in both ways (see Dial II. 70) D.II,71; III,105, 253; S.I,191; A.I,73; IV,10, 77, 453; V,23; M.I,439, 477 sq. -- paññā°, emancipated by insight, freed by reason (see Dial. II.68) S.I,191; II,123; D.II,70; III,105, 254; M.I,439, 477. --saddhā° freed by faith A.I,73; IV,10, 77; V,23; Ps.II,52; M.I,439, 477. --anupādā vimutta freed without any further clinging to the world M.I,486; S.II,18; III,59; IV,83 and passim.

--atta having an emancipated self S.III,46, 55, 58; A.IV,428. --āyatana point or occasion of emancipation, of which there are 5, viz. hearing the Dhamma taught by the Master, teaching it oneself, reciting it, pondering over it, understanding it A.III,21 sq.; D.III,241, 279; Ps.I,5. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vimuccati‘被释放开’的【过分】), 已释放，已解放，已解脱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimuttacitta: {'def': '(vimutta被释放开【过分】+citta心),【形】心已被释放开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimutti: {'def': '【阴】释放，救出，解脱。 ~rasa, 【阳】解脱之味。 ~sukha, 【中】解脱之乐。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹vimuccati被释放开),【阴】释放，救出，解脱(release, deliverance, emancipation)。「从离染, 彼被释放开?於已被释放开者, 已被释放开的智变成这样：彼彻底知『生已被灭尽, 梵行已被滞留, 应被作的已被作, 对在此处轮回的状态以后不存在?』」(S.12.61./II,95.)。vimuttirasa,【阳】解脱之味。vimuttisukha,【中】解脱之乐。sammāvimutticitta﹐心正解脱，正心解脱，即心完全解脱。pañca vimuttiparipācaniyā saññā, 五熟解脱想，使解脱成熟的五种想(pañca vimutti-paripācaniyā saññā)：无常想、无常苦想、苦无我想、不净想、一切世间不可乐想(anicca-saññā, anicce dukkha-saññā, dukkhe anatta-saññā, asudha-saññā, anabhirata-saññā)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '解脱', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. vimuccati] release, deliverance, emancipation D.I,174; III,288; S.V,206 sq. (abhijānāti), 222 (ariya°), 266, 356; A.II,247, III,165 (yathābhūtaṁ pajānāti), 242, Sn.54, 73, 725 sq.; J.I,77, 78, 80; Ps.I,22; II,143 sq.; Nd¹ 21; Pug.27, 54 sq.; Vbh.86, 272 sq., 392 (micchā°) Nett 29; Vism.410; Sdhp.614. -- ceto° (& paññā°) emancipation of heart (and reason) D.I,156; III,78, 108, 247 sq., 273; S.I,120; II,214; IV,119 sq.; V,118 sq., 289 sq.; A.I,123 sq., 220 sq.; 243; II,36, 87, 214; III,20, 131, 400; IV,83, 314 sq.; V,10 sq.; Vbh.344; Nett 40, 43, 81 sq., 127. --sammā° right or true emancipation A.II,222 sq.; V,327; Ps.I,107; II,173. -- See also arahatta, upekkhā, khandha II.A, dassana, phala, mettā.

--rasa the essence of emancipation A.I,36; IV,203; PvA.287. --sāra substance or essence of emancipation A.II,141, 243; IV,385. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimuñcati: {'def': '(vi离+muc释放+ṁ-a), 释放，解脱。【过】vimuñci。【过分】vimuñcita。【现分】vimuñcanta。【独】vimuñcitvā。【3.单.祈】vimucceyya。【不】vimuccituṁ。【使】vimoceti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + muc + ŋ-a), 释放，解脱。【过】 ~ñci。【过分】 ~ñcita。【现分】 ~canta。【独】 ~citvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vimāna: {'def': '【中】龙宫，天宫。vimānapeta,【阳】半受罪半享乐的阴精。Vimānavatthu,【中】《天宫事经》。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】龙宫，天宫。 ~peta, 【阳】半受罪半享乐的阴精。 ~vatthu, 【中】《天宫事经》。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ (nt.) [in the Pāli meaning not Vedic. Found in meaning “palace-chariot” in the Mbhārata and elsewhere in Epic Sk.] lit. covering a certain space, measuring; the def^ns given by Dhpāla refer it to “without measure,” i. e. immeasurable. Thus=vigata-māne appamāṇe mahanta vara-pāsāda VvA.131;=visiṭṭhamānaṁ, pamāṇato mahantaṁ VvA.160. -- Appl^d meaning: heavenly (magic) palace, a kind of paradise, elysium. -- 1. General remarks: (a) The notion of the vimāna is peculiar to the later, fantastic parts of the Canon, based on popular superstition (Vimāna & Peta Vatthu, Apadāna, Jātaka and similar fairy tales). It shows distinct traces of foreign (Hellenic-Babylonian) influence and rests partly on tales of sea-faring merchants (cp. location of V. in mid-ocean). On the other hand it represents the old (Vedic) ratha as chariot of the gods, to be driven at will (cp. below 5, 7, 8). Thus at Vv 16 (here as 500 chariots!), 36, 63, 64; J.I,59 (deva-vimānasadisa ratha). -- (b) The vimānas are in remote parts of the world (cp. the island of the blessed), similar to the elysium in Homer’s Odyssey, e. g. IV.563 sq.: s)e)s *)hluζion pedi/on kai\\ peiρata gai/hs a)qάnatoi pemyousin etc. (trslⁿ G. Chapman: “the immortal ends of all the earth, the fields Elysian Fate to thee will give; where Rhadamanthus rules, and where men live a nevertroubled life, where snow, nor show’rs, nor irksome winter spends his fruitless pow’rs, but from the ocean zephyr still resumes a constant breath, that all the fields perfume”). Cp. Ehni, Yama p. 206 sq. -- (c) In popular religion the influence of this eschatological literature has been very great, so great in fact as to make the Vimāna and Peta-vatthus & the Jātakastories, exemplifying the theory of retribution as appealing to an ordinary mind by vivid examples of mythology, greater favourites than any other canonical book. From this point of view we have to judge Mhvs 14, 58: Petavatthuṁ Vimānañ ca sacca-saṁyuttaṁ eva ca desesi thero . . . -- 2. The descriptions of the Vimānas are in the most exuberant terms. The palaces (kingdoms in miniature) are of gold, crystal or exquisite jewels, their pillars are studded with gems, their glittering roofs are peaked with 700 pinnacled turrets (VvA.244, 289; also as “innumerable” VvA.188, or 18,000 Ap. 63). Surrounded are these towering (ucca) mansions by lovely, well-planned gardens, the paths of which are sprinkled with gold dust; they are full of wishing-trees, granting every desire. There is a variety of stately trees, bearing heavenly flowers & fruit, swaying gently in delicious breezes. Lotus ponds with cool waters invite to refreshing baths; a host of birds mix their songs with the strains of cymbals and lutes, played by heavenly musicians. Angelic maidens perform their dances, filling the atmosphere with a radiant light which shines from their bodies. Peace and happiness reign everywhere, the joys of such a vimāna cannot be expressed in words. This elysium lasts for aeons (cira-ṭṭhitika Vv 80¹, kappa-ṭṭhāyin Th.1, 1190); in short it is the most heavenly paradise which can be imagined. -- For a monograph of vimāna the Vimāna Vatthu and its Commentary should in the first place be consulted. -- 3. The inhabitants of the Vimānas are usually happy persons (or yakkhas: see Stede, P. V. trsl. 39--41), called devatā, who have attained to such an exalted state through their own merit (puñña see foll. 4). -- Departed souls who have gone through the Petastage are frequently such devas (at Vv 17² called pubbadevatā). That these are liable to semi-punishment and semi-enjoyment is often emphasized, and is founded on the character of their respective kamma: J.I,240 (vimāna-petiyo sattāhaṁ sukhaṁ anubhavanti, sattāhaṁ dukkhaṁ); J.V,2 (vemānika-peta-bhavena-kammassa sarikkhako vipāko ahosi; i. e. by night pleasures; by day tortures); cp. Pv.II,12 (see Stede, Gespenstergeschichten des Peta Vatthu p. 106), III, 7⁸; PvA.204, 210, & Divy p. 9. Expressions for these “mixed” devatās who are partly blessed, partly cursed are e. g.: vimānapeta PvA.145, 148, 271, 275; f. vimāna-petī PvA.152, 160, 186, 190; vimāna devatā PvA.190; vemānika-peta J.V,2; PvA.244; DhA.III,192 (as powerful, by the side of nāgas & supaṇṇas). -- In their appearance they are like beautiful human beings, dressed in yellowish (pīta, expl^d as “golden” robes (cp. the angels in the oldest Christian apocalyptic literature: on their relation to Hellenic ideas see e. g. A. Dieterich, Nekyia, Leipzig 1903, pp. 10--18, 29: red & white the colours of the land of the blessed), with gold and silver as complementary outfit in person and surroundings. Thus throughout the Vimāna Vatthu, esp. Nos, 36 & 47 (pīta-vimāna). Their splendour is often likened to that of the moon or of the morning star. -- 4. Origin of Vimānas. A vimāna arises in the “other world” (paraloka) at the instant of somebody doing good (even during the lifetime of the doer) and waits for the entry of the owner: DhA.III,291 sq. In the description of the vimāna of the nāga-king (J.VI,315=Vv 84²²) it is said on this subject: a vimāna is obtained neither without a cause (adhicca), nor has it arisen in the change of the seasons, nor is it self-made (sayaṅkata), nor given by the gods, but “sakehi kammehi apāpakehi puññehi laddha” (i. e. won by one’s own sinless & meritorious deeds). -- Entering the Vimāna-paradise is, analogous to all semi-lethal passing over into enchanted conditions in fairy tales, compared with the awakening from sleep (as in a state of trance): sutta-ppabuddha DhA.III,7. Of the Vimāna itself it is said that it appears (pātur ahosi), e. g. VvA.188; DhA.I,131; or arises (uggañchi) DhA.III,291; VvA.221. -- 5. Location of the Vimānas. The “vimāna” is an individual paradisiacal state Therefore vimānas are not definitely located “Elysian Fields.” They are anywhere (in this world as well as in the Beyond), but certain places are more favourable for their establishment than others. Thus we may state that kat) e)coxήn they are found in the neighbourhood of water. Thus either in the Ocean (majjhe sāgarasmiṁ Th.1, 1190; samudda-majjhe PvA.47), where access is possible only through adventures after shipwreck or similar causes (J. IV.1 sq.; Pv IV.11); or at one or the other of the great lakes of the Himavant (Pv.II,12). They are in out-of-the-way places (“end of the world”); they are also found in the wilderness: Vv 84; Pv IV.3². As tree-vimānas with rukkha-devatā as inhabitants they occur e. g. at J.III,310; V,502; Pv.I,9; II,9; PvA.244. Very often they are phantasmagorical castles in the air. By special power of their inhabitants they may be transported to any place at will. This faculty of transference is combined with the ability of extremely swift motion (compared to the speed of thought: manojava). Thus a golden palanquin is suspended in mid-air above a palace at VvA.6 (ākāsa-cārin, sīgha-java). They are said to be ākāsaṭṭhānāni J.VI,117; SnA 222, 370 (but the palace of the Yakkha Āḷavaka is bhumma-ṭṭha, i. e. stands on the ground, and is described as fortified: SnA 222). The place of a (flying) vimāna may be taken by various conveyances: a chair, an elephant, ship, bed, litter etc. Or the location of it in the other world is in the Cittalatāvana (Vv 37), or the Pāricchattaka tree (Vv 38), or in the Cātummahārājika-bhavana (VvA.331). -- Later on, when the theory of meritorious deities (or departed souls raised to special rank) as vemānikā devā was established, their abode was with their vimānas settled among the Tāvatiṁsa (e. g. VvA.188, 217, 221, 244, 289; DhA.III,291), or in the Tusita heaven. Thus Tusita-pura interchanges with Tusita-vimāna at DhA.II,208. The latter occurs e. g. at DhA.III,173, 219. ‹-› 6. The dimensions of the Vimānas are of course enormous, but harmonious (being “divine”), i. e. either of equal extent in all directions, or specially proportioned with significant numbers. Of these the foll. may be mentioned. The typical numbers of greatest frequency are 12, 16, 30, 700, in connection with yojana. The dimensions, with ref. to which 12 & 16 are used, are length, width, height, & girth, whereas 700 applies usually to the height (DhA III 291 e. g., where it is said to be “over 700”), and the number of turrets (see above 2). At VvA.267 (satta-yojana-pamāṇo ratho) No. 7 is used for 700; No. 30 (extent) is found e. g. at DhA.III,7; ThA.55; No. 12 e. g. at J.VI,116; DhA.III,291; VvA.6, 217, 221, 244, 246, 291 sq.; No. 16 at VvA.188, 289. -- 7. Vimānas of sun and moon. A peculiar (late?) idea is that sun and moon have their vimānas (cp. Vedic ratha=sun). There are only very few passages in the post-canonical books mentioning these. The idea that the celestial bodies are vimānas (“immense chariots in the shape of open hemispheres” Kirfel, Kosmographie der Inder p. 282) is essentially Jainistic. See on Jain Vimānas in general Kirfel, l. c. pp. 7--9, 292--300. -- In the Pāli Com. we find SnA 187, 188 (canda-vimānaṁ bhinditvā=breaking up the moon’s palace, i. e. the moon itself); and DhA.III,99 (candimasuriyā vimānāni gahetvā aṭṭhaṁsu). -- 8. Other terms for vimāna, and specifications. Var. other expressions are used more frequently for vimāna in general. Among these are ratha (see above 1 a); nagara (Pv.II,12⁵); pura (see above 5, as tusita°); pāsāda; either as dibba° (DhA.III,291), or vara° (VvA.130), or vimāna° (Vv 31¹⁰). -- The vimānas are specified as deva-vimāna “heavenly palace,” e. g. J.I,59; Vism.342; VvA.173; or (in a still more superlative expression) brahmavimāna, i. e. best or most excellent magic palace, highest paradise, e. g. D.I,17 (here perhaps “palace of Brahmā”); III,28 (“abode of brahmās” Rh. D.); It.15; Vism.108. The latter expression is abbreviated to brahma (nt.) “highest, best thing of all,” “summum bonum,” paradise, magic palace: ThA.47 (Ap. v. 6) & 55 (Ap. v. 8), at both places as sukataṁ, i. e. well made. --A rather odd expression for the paradisiacal state (in concrete form) is attabhāva (existence, cp. Gr. biotή Hom. Od. IV.365?) instead of vimāna, e. g. DhA.I,131 (tigāvuta-ppamāṇa); III,7 (id.). -- 9. Various. Of innumerable passages in the books mentioned above (under 1) only the foll. may be given for ref.: J.III,310 398, 405; V,165, 171; VI,117 sq., 120 sq.; Ap 35, 55, 59; Dāvs.IV,54 (acalaṁ v. antalikkhamhi nāvaṁ gativirahitaṁ ambhorāsi-majjhamhi disvā); and Vimāna Vatthu throughout. Of passages in the 4 older Nikāyas we have only A.II,33 (ye devā dīgh’āyukā uccesu vimānesu cira-ṭṭhitikā). At S.I,12=23 we should read “na ca mānaṁ” for “na vimānaṁ” (K.S. I.18). (Page 630)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [vi+māna] disrespect, contempt Sn.887 (°dassin showing contempt). (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimāna-vatthu: {'def': 'n. 天宮事, 天宮事経 [小部経の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vimānana: {'def': '【中】不敬。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [vi+mānana] disrespect, contempt D.III,190 (a°); Miln.377, 386. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】不敬。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vimāneti: {'def': '(vi +man想+e), 不敬，藐视。【过】vimānesi。【过分】vimānita。【独】vimānetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + man + e), 不敬，藐视。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~nita。【独】~netvā。(p295)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+māneti] to disrespect, to treat with contempt Vin.II,260; Sn.888; Nd¹ 297. -- pp. vimānita. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vimānita: {'def': '[pp. of vimāneti] treated with contempt A.III,158, 160. (Page 632)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinadati: {'def': '[vi+nadati] to cry or shout out, to scold J.III,147 (kāmaṁ vinadantu let them shout!). Cp. BSk. vinādita “reviled” Divy 540. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinaddha: {'def': '[pp. of vinandhati] covered, bound, intertwined Vin.I,194 (camma°, onaddha+); J.V,416; VI,589 (kañcanalatā° bheri); Vism.1 (=jaṭita saṁsibbita). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vinandhati的【过分】) 环绕，缠绕，纠缠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinandhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+nandhati] tying, binding Vin.II,116 (°rajju rope for binding). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】缠绕，包裹。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】缠绕，包裹。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinandhati: {'def': '(vi + nandh + a), 环绕，缠绕，纠缠。【过】 ~ndhi。【独】~dhitvā。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+nandh+a), 环绕，缠绕，纠缠。【过】vinandhi。【独】vinadhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+nandhati] to close, encircle, cover Mhvs 19, 48; Vism.253 (ppr. vinandhamāna: so read for vinaddh°). -- pp. vinaddha. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinassana: {'def': '【中】严重老化变质。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】严重老化变质。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinassati: {'def': '[vi+nassati] to be lost; to perish, to be destroyed S.IV,309; M.II,108 (imper. vinassa “away with you”); J.III,351; V,468; Pv III,4⁵; Vism.427. -- pp. vinaṭṭha. Caus. vināseti. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+nas(梵naw)+ya), 被遗失，毁灭，被破坏。【过】vinassi。【过分】vinaṭṭha。【现分】vinasanta, vinasamāna。【独】vinasitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + nas + ya), 被遗失，毁灭，被破坏。【过】 vinassi。【过分】vinaṭṭha。【现分】 ~santa, ~samāna。【独】 ~sitvā。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinata: {'def': '(vinamati 的【过分】), 已弯曲。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vinamati 的【过分】), 已弯曲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vi+nam] bent, bending PvA.154 (°sākhā). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinatā: {'def': '【阴】金翅鸟 (Garuḷa) 族的母亲。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】金翅鸟 (Garuḷa) 族的母亲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinaya: {'def': '[fr. vi+nī, cp. vineti] 1. driving out, abolishing destruction, removal Vin.I,3 (asmi-mānassa), 235= III,3 (akusalānaṁ dhammānaṁ vinayāya dhammaṁ desemi); S.I,40; Sn.921; A.I,91 (kodha°, upanāha°); II,34 (pipāsa°); IV,15 (icchā°); V,165 (id.); SnA 12; PvA.114 (atthassa mūlaṁ nikati°). Often in phrase rāga°, dosa°, moha°, e. g. S.IV,7 sq.; V,137 sq., 241; A.IV,175; Nett 22. -- 2. rule (in logic), way of saying or judging, sense, terminology (cp. iminā nayena) S.IV,95 (ariyassa vinaye vuccati loko); A.I,163 (ariyassa vinaye tevijjo one called a threefold wise in the nomenclature of the Buddhist); II,166 (ariyassa v.); SnA 403. -- 3. norm of conduct, ethics, morality, good behaviour Sn.916, 974; J.IV,241 (=ācāra-vinaya C.); A.II,112; III,353 sq. (ariya-vinaye saddhā yassa patiṭṭhitā etc. faith established in Buddhist ethics). -- 4. code of ethics, monastic discipline, rule, rules of morality or of canon law. In this sense applied to the large collection of rules which grew up in the monastic life and habits of the bhikkhus and which form the ecclesiastical introduction to the “Dhamma,” the “doctrine,” or theoretical, philosophical part of the Buddhist Canon. The history & importance of the Vinaya Piṭaka will be dealt with under the title “Vinaya” in the Dictionary of Names. Only a few refs. must suffice here to give a general idea. See also under Dhamma C., and in detail Geiger, Dhamma pp. 55--58. -- Often comb^d with dhamma: dhammato vinayato ca on the ground of Dh. and V. Vin.I,337; cp. II.247. -- dhammo ca vinayo ca Vin.I,356; II,285, 302; or (as (Dvandva) dhammavinaya (i. e. the teaching of the Buddha in its completeness) D.I,229; Vin.II,237 sq.; M.I,284; II,181 sq.; A.I,283; III,297, 327; S.I,9; III,65; Ud.53; VvA.3. Often approaches the meaning of “Buddhist order,” e. g. Vin.I,69; D.I,176; M.I,68, 459, 480; III,127; S.II,120; A.I,185; II,123; V,122. -- See further Vin.II,96 (vinaye cheko hoti); A.II,168 (ayaṁ dhammo, ayaṁ v., idaṁ Satthu-sāsanaṁ); Vism.522; VbhA.273; KhA 106, 151; SnA 4, 195, 310. --a-vinaya one who sins against the V. (like a-dhamma one who neglects the Dh.) Vin.II,295 sq.; III,174; A.I,18; V,73 sq. -- The division of the books of the Vinaya is given at DhsA.18. Its character (as shown by its name) is given in the foll. verse at DhsA.19: “(vividha-visesa-) nayattā vinayanato c’eva kāya-vācānaṁ vinayy’attha-vidūhi ayaṁ vinayo Vinayo ti akkhāto,” i. e. “Because it shows precepts & principles, and governs both deed and word, therefore men call this scripture V., for so is V. interpreted” (Expos. I.23).

--aṭṭhakathā the (old) commentary on the Vinaya Vism.72, 272; VbhA.334; KhA 97. --ânuggaha taking up (i. e. following the rules) of the Vinaya Vin.III,21; A.I,98, 100; V,70. --kathā exposition of the Vinaya Vin.IV,142. --dhara one who knows or masters the V. by heart, an expert in the V. Vin.I,169; II,299 (with dhamma-dhara & mātikā-dhara); A.I,25; II,147; III,78 sq., 179, 361; IV,140 sq.; V,10 sq.; J.III,486; IV,219; Vism.41, 72; KhA 151; DhA.II,30 (with dhamma --kathika & dhuta-vāda) [cp. BSk. vinayadhara Divy 21]. --piṭaka the V. Piṭaka KhA1 2, 97; VbhA.431. --vatthu chapter of the V. Vin.II,307. --vādin one who professes the V. (or “speaking in accordance with the rules of conduct”), a V.-follower D.I,4 (here expl^d by Bdhgh as “saṁvara-vinaya-pahāna-vinaya sannissitaṁ katvā vadatī ti” v. DA.I,76, thus taking it as vinaya 3) =M.III,49=Pug.58 (trslⁿ here: “speaking according to self-control”); D.III,135, 175. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '律藏', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '【阳】戒律，出家律条，切除。 ~na, 【中】切除，驯服，指令。 ~dhara,【形】律师（戒律专家）。 ~piṭaka, 【中】《律藏》。 ~vādī, 【阳】律说者。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi离+nī引导, cp.[vineti引导离开]),【阳】1.引导离开(直译)。2.(出家)律条(音译为毘奈耶、毘那耶、鼻奈耶、毘尼、比尼。含有调伏、善治等义，乃制伏灭除诸罪恶之意。律乃佛陀为比丘、比丘尼所制定有关生活的规约)。vinayana,【中】引离，驯服，指令。vinayadhara,【形】律师(戒律专家)。vinayapiṭaka,【中】《律藏》。vinayavādī,【阳】律说者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinaya-piṭaka: {'def': 'n. 律蔵 [三蔵の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Vinayana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vi+nī] 1. removing, removal Miln.318 (pipāsā°); PvA.39 (soka°). -- 2. instruction, discipline, setting an example J.V,457 (conversion); Miln.220. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinayapiṭaka: {'def': '律藏。乃世尊为诸弟子制定的戒律教诫和生活规则。
《律藏》按照内容可分为《经分别》《篇章》《附随》三大部分。缅文版编为《巴拉基咖》《巴吉帝亚》《大品》《小品》和《附随》五大册。
《经分别》是对比库和比库尼两部戒经——《巴帝摩卡》的解释，其中解释《比库巴帝摩卡》的部分称为《大分别》（Mahāvibhaṅga）; 解释《比库尼巴帝摩卡》的部分则称为《比库尼分别》（Bhikkhunī- vibhaṅga）。
《篇章》（Khandhaka）又分为《大品》（Mahā-vagga）和《小品》（Culla-vagga）两大部分，《大品》有10篇，《小品》有12篇，共22篇。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Vinayati: {'def': 'see vineti. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinaḷīkata: {'def': '【过分】已破坏，已致使无价值。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+naḷa+kata, with naḷī for naḷa in combⁿ with kṛ] lit. “having the reed or stem removed,” rendered useless, destroyed M.I,227; A.II,39; Sn.542 (=ucchinna SnA 435); Th.1, 216; J.VI,60 (viddhasta+, as at Sn.542). (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已破坏，已致使无价值。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinaṭṭha: {'def': '(vinassati 的【过分】), 已破坏，已毁灭，已失去。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vinassati 的【过分】), 已破坏，已毁灭，已失去。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vinassati] destroyed VvA.265; PvA.55. (Page 623)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vindaka: {'def': '【阳】享受的人，遭受者。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】享受的人，遭受者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vindati: {'def': '[vid, both in meaning “to know” & “to find”; cp. Gr. ei]_don I saw, oi]_da I know=Sk. veda “Veda,” ei)/dwlon “idol”; Vedic vindati to find, vetti to know, vidyā knowledge; Goth. witan to observe & know= Ger. wissen; Goth. weis=E. wise, etc., for which see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. video] the Vedic differentiations vetti “to know” and vindati “to find” are both in Pāli, but only in sporadic forms, some of which are archaic and therefore only found in poetry. Of vid are more frequent the Pass. vijjati and derivations fr. the Caus. ved°. The root vind occurs only in the present tense and its derivations. -- A. vid to know, to ascertain: The old Vedic pres. vetti only at Th.1, 497 (spelt veti). Another old aor. is vedi [Sk. ayedīt] Dh. 419, 423; J.III,420 (=aññāsi); IV,35 (here perhaps as aor. to Caus. vedeti: to cause to know or feel). Remnants of the old perfect tense 3^rd pl. [Sk. viduḥ] are vidū & viduṁ (appears as vidu in verse), e. g. at Th.1, 497; Sn.758; Pv.II,7⁴ (=jānanti PvA.102); J.V,62 (=vijānanti C.); Mhvs 23, 78. The old participle of the same tense is vidvā [=Sk. vidvān; cp. Geiger P.Gr. 100²] in meaning “wise” Sn.792, 897, 1056, 1060; expl^d as vijjāgato ñāṇī vibhāvī medhāvī at Nd¹ 93, 308; Nd² 575. Opp. avidvā Sn.535; M.I,311. -- Younger forms are a reconstructed (grammatical) pres. vidati DA.I,139; ger. viditvā S.V,193; Sn.353, 365, 581, 1053, 1068 and pp. vidita (q. v.). -- Pass. vijjati to be found, to be known, to exist; very frequent, e. g. Sn.20 (pl. vijjare), 21, 431, 611, 856, 1001, 1026; Th.1, 132; D.I,18; Pv.I,5⁶; II,3¹⁸ (spelt vijjite!) II.9¹⁴ (=atthi C.); 3^rd sg. pret. vijjittha Sn.1098 (mā v.=saṁvijjittha Nd² 568). ppr. vijjamāna existing J.I,214; III,127; PvA.25, 87, 103; Miln.216 (Gen. pl. vijjamānataṁ). ‹-› Caus. vedeti; Pass. Caus. vediyati; grd. vedanīya: see separately, with other derivations. -- B. vind to find, possess, enjoy (cp. vitta¹, vitta², vitti) Sn.187 (vindate dhanaṁ), 658; Th.1, 551; 2, 79 (aor. vindi); J.VI,508 (vindate, med.=look for, try to find for oneself); Mhvs 1, 13 (ppr. vindaṁ); DhA.III,128 (ppr. vindanto), 410. PvA.60, 77. -- inf. vindituṁ Miln.122; J 18; grd; vindiya Vism.526 (as avindiya in explⁿ of avijjā). ‹-› Cp. nibbindati. -- pp. vitta¹ (for which adhigata in lit. meaning). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vid知+ṁ-a), 享受，遭受，知道，得到。【过】vindi。【过分】vindita。【现分】vindanta, vindamāna。【独】vinditvā。【义】vinditabba。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vid + ŋ-a), 享受，遭受，知道，得到。【过】 vindi。【过分】 vindita。【现分】 ~danta, ~damāna。【独】 vinditvā。【潜】 ~ditabba。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vindiya: {'def': '【形】应该被遭遇的。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】应该被遭遇的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vindiyamāna: {'def': '【现分】正在忍受，正在遭受。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【现分】正在忍受，正在遭受。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vindussara: {'def': 'is v. l. of bindu° (q. v.). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinetar: {'def': '[n. ag. fr. vineti] teacher, instructor, guide Sn.484; Ps.II,194 (netar, vinetar, anunetar); J.IV,320. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vineti: {'def': 'I.(vi离+neti引导) 引导离开(他译：调伏)。【3.单.祈】vineyya。【命】vinaya。【独】vineyya, vinetvā, vinayitvā, vinayitvāna。II.(vi扩大+neti引导) 训练。【过】vinesi。【过分】vinīta。【现分】vinenta。【义】vinetabba。【独】vinetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+neti; cp. vinaya] 1. to remove, put away, give up. -- ppr. vinayaṁ J.VI,499; Pot. 3^rd sg. vinayetha Sn.361, & vineyya Sn.590; imper. vinaya Sn.1098, & vinayassu Sn.559. -- ger. vineyya Sn.58 (but taken as Pot. at Nd² 577^b); Pv.II,3³⁴ (macchera-malaṁ); vinetvā J.V,403 (chandaṁ); vinayitvā VvA.156, & vinayitvāna Sn.485 (bhakuṭiṁ). -- 2. to lead, guide, instruct, train, educate A.III,106 (inf. vinetuṁ); S.IV,105 (Pot. vineyyaṁ & fut. vinessati); aor. vinesi Miln.13 (Abhidhamme); ger. vinayitvāna ThA.69 (Ap. v. 10); grd. vinetabba SnA 464, & vineyya Miln.12; cp. veneyya. -- pp. vinīta. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ni + e), 带领，训练，教，除去。【过】 vinesi。【现分】 vinenta。【潜】 vinetabba。【独】 vinetvā。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinetu: {'def': '【阳】训练者，教师，去除者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】训练者，教师，去除者。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vineyajana: {'def': '【阳】要被佛陀训练的人。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】要被佛陀训练的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vineyya: {'def': '(vineti 的【独】), 移掉了。【形】适合被训练的。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vineti 的【独】), 引导离开了。【形】适合被训练的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinibaddha: {'def': '(vinibandhati 的【过分】), 已绑在…，已与…连接。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+nibaddha] bound (to) S.I,20; III,9; A.III,311 (chanda-rāga°); IV,289 (id.); Nd¹ 30 (+lagga etc.). (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vinibandhati 的【过分】), 已绑在…，已与…连接。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinibandha: {'def': '【阳】束缚，执着。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】束缚，执著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+nibandha] bondage S.II,17; III,135, 186; A.I,66 (+vinivesa); Sn.16. -- The five cetaso vinibandhā (bondages of the mind) are: kāmesu rāgo, kāye rāgo, rūpe rāgo, yāvadatthaṁ udar’âvadehakaṁ bhuñjitvā seyya-sukhaṁ anuyogo, aññataraṁ deva-nikāyaṁ paṇidhāya brahmacariyaṁ; thus at D.III,238; M.I,103; A.III,249; IV,461, 463 sq.; V,17; Vbh.377. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinibbhoga: {'def': '【阳】分离，辨别。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '1 (vi+nibbhoga),【形】缺乏，剥夺(lacking, deprived of )。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [fr. vinibbhujati 3] sifting out, distinction, discrimination Vism.306 (dhātu°), 368 (id.); neg. a° absence of discrimination, indistinction DhsA.47; used as adj. in sense of “not to be distinguished,” indistinct at J.III,428 (°sadda). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [vi+nibbhoga] lacking, deprived of (-°), deficient ThA.248 (viññāṇa°). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '2(‹vinibbhujati 3) ,【阳】分离，辨别。(sifting out, distinction, discrimination；i.e.:dhātuvinibbhoga界辨别) )。【反】avinibbhoga(J. III.428︰avinibbhogasadda未辨别的信仰)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinibbhujana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vinibbhujati] turning inside out ThA.284. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinibbhujati: {'def': '(vi + ni + bhuj + a), 分开，区别。【过】 ~bhuji。【独】 ~jitvā。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Vinibhuñjati (vi+ni+bhuj使弯曲+a), 分开，区别。【过】vinibbhuji。【独】vinibbjitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(or °) [vi+ni+bhujati] 1.使弯曲，翻转(to bhuj, to bend, to turn inside out)。2.分开，切开(to bhuj or bhuñj；to separate, cut off, remove)。3.清洁，分开(to cleanse; fig. to sift out thoroughly, to distinguish, discriminate(avinibbhujaṁ, ppr.))。Vism 438.spelling Vinibbhujjati)。pp.vinibbhutta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(or °bhuñjati) [vi+ni+bhujati] 1. [to bhuj, to bend, as in bhuja¹ & nibbhujati] to turn inside out Th.2, 471. -- 2. [to bhuj or bhuñj as in bhuñjati² and paribhuñjati²] to separate, cut off, remove M.I,233; S.III,141; IV,168 (spells wrongly jj). -- 3. [id.] to cleanse; fig. to sift out thoroughly, to distinguish, discriminate M.I,292; J.V,121 (avinibbhujaṁ, ppr.); Miln.63 (doubled); Vism.438 (spelling wrongly jj); DhsA.311. -- pp. vinibbhutta. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinibbhutta: {'def': '[pp. of vinibbhujati] separated, distinguished, discriminated Vism.368. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinibhindati: {'def': '[vi+ni+bhid打破] to break (right) through M I.233.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+ni+bhid] to break (right) through M.I,233. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viniccharati: {'def': '[vi+niccharati] to go out (in all directions) J.IV,181. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinicchaya: {'def': '【阳】决定，判决，审判，辨别。 ~kathā, 【阴】分析的讨论。~ṭṭhāna, 【中】法庭。 ~sālā, 【阴】审判的厅堂。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】决定，判决，审判，辨别。vinicchayakathā,【阴】分析的讨论。vinicchayaṭṭhāna,【中】法庭、裁判所。vinicchayasālā,【阴】审判的厅堂。vinicchayaṁ paṭicca chanda-rāgoti(由於分别而有欲染)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+nicchaya; cp. Vedic viniścaya] 1. discrimination, distinction, thought, (firm) opinion; thorough knowledge of (-°) A.III,354 (pāpakamma°); Sn.327 (dhamma°), 838 (=dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhi-vinicchayā Nd¹ 186), 867 (°ṁ kūrute; cp. Nd¹ 265); J.III,205 (attha°); PvA.1, 112, 210 (kūṭa°), 287. -- 2. decision; (as t. t. in law:) investigation, trial, judgment (given by the king or his ministers) D.II,58 (with ref. to lābha, expl^d as deciding what to do with one’s gains)=III,289=A.IV,400=Vbh.390 (expl^d at VbhA.512, where vinicchaya is said to be fourfold, viz. ñāṇa°, taṇhā°, diṭṭhi°, vitakka°); J.II,2. -- 3. court house, hall of judgment J.I,176; III,105; IV,122, 370; VI,333; Miln.332 (vinaya°, i. e. having the Vinaya as the law court in the City of Righteousness). -- 4. (as t. t. in logic & psychology:) (process of) judgment, detailed analysis, deliberation, consideration, ascertainment J.V,60 (°ṁ vicāreti); VbhA.46 sq. (according to attha, lakkhaṇa, etc.), 83 sq. (id.); KhA 23, 75.

--kathā analytical discussion, exegesis, interpretation Vism.16; VbhA.291 (opp. pāḷi-vaṇṇanā). --ññū clever in deciding or giving judgment J.III,205; V,367 (a°). --ṭṭhāna place of judgment, law court J.V,229; DhA.III,141; IV,215. --dhamma law practice J. V.125; DhA.III,141. --vīthi process of judgment (in logic): see Cpd. 241. --sālā the law court(s) J.IV,120; DhA.III,380. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viniccheti: {'def': '(vi + ni + chi + e), 调查，判断。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~chita。【独】~chetvā。【现分】 ~chenta。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ni+chi +e), 调查，判断。【过】vinicchesi。【过分】vinicchita。【独】vinicchetvā。【现分】vinicchenta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinicchin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vinicchināti] discerning Th.1, 551. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinicchinana: {'def': '【中】审判，决定。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】审判，决定。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinicchināti: {'def': '(vi + ni + chi + nā), 调查，审问，决定。【过】 ~chini。【过分】~chita。【独】 ~chinitvā。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(°inati) & Vinicchati [vi+nicchināti] to investigate, try; to judge, determine, decide J.V,229; fut. vinicchissati Vin.III,159; ger. vinicchinitvā Nd¹ 76; aor. vinicchini J.II,2; inf. vinicchituṁ J.I,148; DhA.IV,215. -- pp. vinicchita. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+ni+chi+nā), 调查，审问，决定。【过】vinicchini。【过分】vinicchita。【独】vinicchinitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinicchita: {'def': '(viniccheti 的【过分】), 已确定，已判断，已辨别。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(viniccheti 的【过分】), 已确定，已判断，已辨别。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vinicchināti] discerned, decided, distinguished, detailed Vin.I,65 (su°); J.V,65 (a°); SnA 477; Sdhp.508. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viniccninana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vinicchināti] giving judgment J.V,229. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinidhāya: {'def': '(indecl.) [vi+nidhāya, ger. of vinidahati] lit. “misplacing,” i. e. asserting or representing wrongly, giving a false notion of (Acc.) Vin.II,205, expl^d at Vin.IV,2; SnA 204. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vinidahati 的【独】), 放错了，错误地断言了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vinidahati 的【独】), 放错了，错误地断言了。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinigaḷati: {'def': '[vi+nigaḷati] to drop down Miln.349. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viniggaha: {'def': '[vi+niggaha] checking, restraint Ps.I,16; II,119. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viniggata: {'def': '(viniggacchati 的【过分】), 已出来。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(viniggacchati 的【过分】), 已出来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+niggata] coming (out) from J.VI,78; DA.I,140; DhA.IV,46; Sdhp.23. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viniggilati: {'def': '[vi+niggilati] to throw out, to emit KhA 95. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinighātin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vi+nighāta] afraid of defeat, anxious about the outcome (of a disputation), in phrase vinighāti-hoti (for °ī-hoti) Sn.826, cp. Nd¹ 164. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinijjita: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+nijjita] unvanquished Sdhp.318. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinimaya: {'def': '[fr. vi+nimināti] reciprocity, barter, exchange J.II,369. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】相互性，交换。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹vi+nimināti),【阳】相互性，交换(reciprocity, barter, exchange)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinimmutta: {'def': '(vinimuccati 的【过分】), 已释放，已解脱。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinimoceti: {'def': '(vi + ni + muc + e), 释放自己，免除。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~cita。【独】 ~cetvā。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+nis+moceti, cp. nimmoka] to free (oneself) from, to get rid of A.III,92; Pug.68. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+ni(梵nis) +muc释放+e), 释放自己，免除(to free (oneself) from, to get rid)。【过】vinimocesi。【过分】vinimocita。【独】vinimocetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinimutta: {'def': 'Vinimmutta(vinimuccati 的【过分】), 1.已释放，已解脱(released, free from)。2.放(箭矢)(discharged (of an arrow))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(Vinimmutta) [vi+nis+mutta] 1. released, free from J.I,375 (mm); Sdhp.1, 4, 16, 225. -- 2. discharged (of an arrow) DhA.III,132 (mm). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinimīleti: {'def': '[vi+nimīleti] to shut one’s eyes Sdhp.189. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinindati: {'def': '[vi+nindati] to censure, blame, reproach J.II,346; VI,200. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinipāta: {'def': '[fr. vi+nipāteti] ruin, destruction; a place of suffering, state of punishment, syn. with apāya & duggati (with which often comb^d, plus niraya, e. g. Vin.I,227; D.I,82, 162; M.I,73; A.III,211; It.58; Pug.60): A.V,169; Sn.278; J.III,32; Miln.108; Vism.427 (where expl^d as “vināsā nipatanti tattha dukkaṭakārino, “ together with duggati & niraya). The sotāpanna is called “avinipāta-dhammo,” i. e. not liable to be punished in purgatory: see under sotāpanna, & cp. sym. term khīna-niraya A.III,211. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+nipāteti),【阳】受苦的地方，落难处，险难处( ruin, destruction; a place of suffering, state of punishment, syn. with apāya & duggati)。vinipātika,【形】落难(地狱受苦)的。S.56.47./V,456.︰na tvevāhaṁ, bhikkhave, sakiṁ vinipātagatena bālena manussattaṁ vadāmi”. Taṁ kissa hetu? Na hettha, bhikkhave, atthi dhammacariyā, samacariyā, kusalakiriyā, puññakiriyā. Aññamaññakhādikā ettha, bhikkhave, vattati dubbalakhādikā.(诸比丘！我说愚者一度至堕处(vinipātagatena)，不能速得人身(manussattaṁ)。这是什么原因？诸比丘！於该处，了无法行、平等行、作善、作福(dhammacariyā, samacariyā, kusalakiriyā, puññakiriyā)，诸比丘！他们互相食噉，弱肉强食(dubbalakhādikā)。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】受苦的地方，落难。 ~tika, 【形】往地狱受苦的途径。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinipāteti: {'def': '[vi+nipāteti] to bring to ruin, to destroy, to frustrate Vin.I,298; J.VI,71; VvA.208. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ni + pat + e) 带来毁灭，浪费。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ni+pat落下+e) 带来毁灭，浪费。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinipātika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vinipāta] destined to suffer in purgatory, liable to punishment after death D.II,69; III,253; M.I,73, 390; A.I,123; II,232 sq.; IV,39, 401; J.V,117, 119. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinivaṭṭeti: {'def': '(vi+ni+vat+e), 打翻，反侧，滑倒。【过】vinivaṭṭesi。【过分】vinivaṭṭita。【独】vinivaṭṭetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(& °vatteti) [vi+nivatteti] 1. to turn over, to repeat J.I,25 (ṭṭ), 153 (ṭṭ), 190 (ṭṭ). -- 2. to turn (somebody) away from, to distract Pv.I,8⁸ (read °vattayi for °vattanti); II,6¹⁹ (°vattayi; aor.); J.III,290 (ṭṭ). ‹-› 3. to roll over, to glide off J.III,344 (ṭṭ); DhA.II,51 (ṭṭ). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ni + vat + e), 打翻，反侧，滑倒。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~ṭita。【独】 ~ṭetva。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinivesa: {'def': '[vi+nivesa] tie, bond, attachment A.I,66 (+vinibandha). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viniveṭhana: {'def': '(& °nibbeṭhana) (nt.) [vi+nibbeṭhana] unwrapping, unravelling; fig. explaining, making clear, explanation, refutation Nd² 503 (diṭṭhi-saṅghātassa vinibbeṭhana; where id. p. at Nd¹ 343 reads vinivedhana, cp, nibbedha); Miln.96; VvA.297 (diṭṭhi-gaṇṭhiviniveṭhana). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】松开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】松开。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viniveṭheti: {'def': '(vi + ni + veṭh + e), 松开，打开，摆脱。【过】 ~esi。【过分】~ṭhita。【独】 ~ṭhetvā。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ni+veṭh+e), 松开，打开，摆脱。【过】viniveṭhesi。【过分】viniveṭhita。【独】viniveṭhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+nibbeṭheti] 1. to disentangle, to unwrap Vin.I,3, 276 (anta-gaṇṭhiṁ, the intestines); J.II,283 (sarīraṁ); V,47. -- 2. to disentangle oneself, to free oneself (from) A.III,92; Pug.68. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinividdha: {'def': '[pp. of vinivijjhati] pierced (all through), perforated J.V,269; VI,105; Vism.222. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vinivijjhana‘刺穿’的【过分】), 松开，摆脱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinivijjha: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of vinivijjhati] to be pierced; in dubbinivijjha difficult to pierce, hard to penetrate J.V,46. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vinivijjhati的【独】) 刺穿。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinivijjhana: {'def': '【中】刺穿。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】刺穿。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vinivijjhati] piercing, perforating, penetrating DhsA.253; ThA.197 (in explⁿ of bahuvidha). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinivijjhati: {'def': '[vi+ni+vijjhati] to pierce through & through J.II,91; Miln.339; DhsA.253. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ni + vidh + ya), 刺穿。【过】 ~jhi。【过分】 ~viddha。【独】~jhitvā。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+ni+vidh(梵vyadh / vidh)贯穿+ya), 刺穿。【过】vinivijjhi。【过分】vinividdha。【独】vinijjhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viniyoga: {'def': '[vi+niyoga] possession, application, use DhsA.151; VvA.157; PvA.171, 175. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+niyoga) 拥有，应用，使用(possession, application, use)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viniyujjati: {'def': '[vi+niyujjati] to be connected with, to ensue, accrue PvA.29 (=upakappati). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinoda: {'def': '【阳】喜悦，快乐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】喜悦，快乐。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinodaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vinodeti, cp. nudaka & nūdaka] driving out, dispelling, allaying PvA.114 (parissama°). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinodana: {'def': '(adj.-nt.) [fr. vinodeti] dispelling, removal A.III,387, 390; Sn.1086 (chanda-rāga°,=pahāna etc. Nd² 578); Miln.285; DA.I,140 (niddā°); DhA.I,41 (tama°, adj.); PvA.38 (soka°). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】移掉，驱散。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】移掉，驱散。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinodeti: {'def': '(vi+nud+e), 驱散，除去，逐出。【过】vinodesi。【过分】vinodita。【独】vinodetvā(opp. avinodetvā)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of vi+nudati] to drive out, dispel, remove, put away S.IV,70, 76, 190; A.II,13, 117; Sn.273, 956, (tamaṁ); 967; Nd¹ 454, 489; J.I,183; II,63, 283 (sinehaṁ); Vv 84²⁶; Miln.259 (imper. vinodehi, +apanehi, nicchārehi); Mhvs 5, 245 (vimatiṁ); 31, 10 (kaṅkhaṁ); DhA.IV,145; PvA.38 (sokaṁ). (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + nud + e), 驱散，除去，逐出。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~dita。【独】 ~detvā。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vinodetu: {'def': '【阳】驱散者。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】驱散者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinudati: {'def': 'is only found in Caus. form vinodeti. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinā: {'def': '【无】没有。 ~bhāva, 【阳】分离。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(indecl.) [Vedic vinā=vi-nā (i. e. “not so”), of pron. base Idg. *no (cp. nānā “so & so”), as in Sk. ca-na, Lat. ego-ne, pō-ne behind, etc. See na¹] without, used as prep. (or post-position) with (usually) Instr., e. g. Vin.II,132 (vinā daṇḍena without a support); PvA.152 (purisehi vinā without men); or Abl., e. g. Sn.589 (ñāti saṅghā vinā hoti is separated from his relatives; cp. BSk. vinābhavati MVastu I.243); or Acc., e. g. Mhvs 3, 10 (na sakkā hi taṁ vinā). In compⁿ vinā-bhāva separation [cp. BSk. vinābhāva MVastu II.141] Sn.588, 805; Nd¹ 122; J.III,95; IV,155; V,180; VI,482 (=viyoga C.). (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【无】没有。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinābhāva: {'def': '【阳】分离(?=bhāvaṁ vinā)。avinābhāva,【阳】不分离。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vināma: {'def': '【阳】 Vināmana, 【中】弯曲身体或手足。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(m.) & Vināmana (nt.) [fr. vināmeti] bending Miln.352 (°na); VbhA.272 (kāya-vināmanā, bending the body for the purpose of getting up; in explⁿ of vijambhikā); Dhtp 208. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vināmana: {'def': '【中】弯曲身体或手足。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vināmeti: {'def': '(vi + nam + e), 弯曲。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~mita。【独】 ~metvā。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+nam+e), 弯曲。【过】vināmesi。【过分】vināmita。【独】vināmetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+nāmeti; Caus. of namati] to bend, twist Miln.107, 118. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vināsa: {'def': '[vi+nāsa, of naś] destruction, ruin, loss D.I,34 (+uccheda & vibhava), 55; Pv.II,7¹⁰; Vism.427 (so read for vinasa); DA.I,120; PvA.102 (dhana°), 133. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】破坏，毁灭，损失。 ~ka, 【形】破坏的，引起毁灭的。 ~na, 【中】 destroying。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+nāsa, of nas(梵naw) 消失),【阳】消失，破坏，毁灭。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vināsaka: {'def': '(°ika) (adj.) [fr. vināsa] causing ruin; only neg. a° not causing destruction A.III,38; IV,266, 270; J.V,116. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】破坏的，引起毁灭的。只用於︰avināsaka,不破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vināsana: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vināsa], only neg. a° imperishable Dpvs.IV,16. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】破坏。avināsana, 不破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vināseti: {'def': '[Caus. of vinassati] 1. to cause destruction, to destroy, ruin, spoil Th.1, 1027; Sn.106; Pv.II,7⁸; DA.I,211; PvA.3 (dhanaṁ), 116; Sdhp.59, 314, 546. ‹-› 2. to drive out of the country, to expel, banish J.IV,200. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+ nas(梵naw)+e), 使毁灭，破坏。【过】vināsesi。【过分】vināsita。【现分】vināsenta。【独】vināsetvā。avināsita﹐不破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + nas + e), 使毁灭，破坏。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 vināsita。【现分】 ~senta。【独】 ~setvā。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vināti: {'def': '(vi + nā), 编织。【过】 vini。【过分】 vīta。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi(by-form of vā to weave: see vāyati 2.)+nā), 编织。【过】vini。【过分】vīta。Vināma,【阳】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi, by-form of vā to weave: see vāyati¹] to weave J.II,302; DhA.I,428 (tantaṁ); inf. vetuṁ Vin.II,150. ‹-› Pass. viyyati. Cp. upavīyati. -- Caus. II. vināpeti to order to be woven Vin.III,259 (=vāyāpeti). (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vināyaka: {'def': '[fr. vi+nī] 1. a leader, guide, instructor M.II,94; Vv 16⁷ (=veneyya-satte vineti VvA.83); ThA.69. ‹-› 2. a judge J.III,336. (Page 624)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】伟大的领袖，佛陀。(p291)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹vi离+nī引离) ,【阳】1.(伟大的)领袖(佛陀)。2.法官。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vinīlaka: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+nīlaka] of a bluish-black (purple) colour, discoloured J.II,39 (of a cygnet, bastard of a swan & a crow, “resembling neither father nor mother,” i. e. “black & white”). Usually applied to the colour of a corpse (purple, discoloured), the contemplation of which forms one of the 10 asubha-saññās: M.I,88 (uddhumātaka+); Sn.200 (id.). -- A. I.42; II,17; S.V,129 sq.; Dhs.264; Nett 27; Miln.332; Vism.110, 178, 193. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinīta: {'def': '(vineti 的【过分】), 已训练，已受过教育。ukkācitavinīta，启蒙训练。Paṭipucchāvinīta，质问训练。Yāvatāvinīta，完整训练。(AA.3.132.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vineti 的【过分】), 已训练，已受过教育。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vineti] led, trained, educated S.V,261; A.IV,310 (viyatta+); DhA.II,66 (°vatthu); PvA.38. -- avinīta not trained S.IV,287; Vv 29⁷; Dhs.1003, 1217; suvinīta well trained S.IV,287; opp. dubbinīta badly trained J.V,284, 287. -- ratha-vinīta (nt.) a relay M.I,149. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vinīvaraṇa: {'def': '【形】无（心理）障碍的。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】无(心理)障碍的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+nīvaraṇa] unobstructed, unbiassed, unprejudiced A.II,71; Sdhp.458. Usually in phrase °citta of an unbiassed mind, comb^d with mudu-citta & udagga-citta: Vin.I,16, 181; D.I,110, 148; A.IV,186. ‹-› Same in BSk., e.g. MVastu III,225; Divy 616 sq. (Page 625)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipaccanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vipaccati, cp. paccana] bearing fruit, ripening (fully) Miln.421 (Notes); PvA.190. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹vipaccati, cp. paccana),【形】(bearing fruit, ripening (fully))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipaccanīka: {'def': '(vi+paccanīka),【形】敌意的(hostile)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+paccanīka] hostile M.I,402; A.IV,95; J.IV,108; Pug.20; Vbh.351, 359, 371; VbhA.478; PvA.87. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipaccati: {'def': '[vi+paccati] 1. to be cooked, i. e. to ripen J.V,121; PvA.104. -- 2. to bear fruit D.II,266; S.I,144; M.I,388; Nett 37; VvA.171. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + pac + ya), 使成熟，有结果实。【过】 vipacci。【过分】vipakka。【现分】 vipaccamāna。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+pac+ya), 使成熟，有结果实。【过】vipacci。【过分】vipakka。【现分】vipaccamāna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipaccatā: {'def': '(f.) at Vin.II,88 is perhaps a der. fr. vi+vac, and not pac, thus representing a Sk. *vivācyatā, meȧning “challenging in disputation,” quarrelsomeness, provocation. See also vipāceti. If fr. vi+pac, the meaning would be something like “heatedness, exasperation.” (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipajjana: {'def': '【中】失败，严厉的要命。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】失败，严厉的要命。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipajjati: {'def': '(vi + pad + ya), 失败，出毛病，毁灭。【过】 vipajji。【过分】vipanna。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+pajjati] to go wrong, to fail, to perish (opp. sampajjati) DhA.III,357; PvA.34. -- pp. vipanna. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+pad去+ya), 失败，出毛病，毁灭。【过】vipajji。【过分】vipanna。Vibhaṅga-aṭṭhakathā《分别论注释》(CS:p.421)︰Gativipattīti vipannā gati cattāro apāyā,(失败的趣︰失败的趣，指四恶趣。)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipakka: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+pakka] fully ripe J.I,136. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipakkha: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+pakkha¹ 2] opposite, hostile; enemy; only in foll. cpds.:

--sevaka siding in or consorting with the enemy, keeping bad company, a traitor J.I,186; III,321; DhA.IV,95. --sevin id. J.I,487; II,98. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】怀敌意的。 ~khika, ~sevaka, 【形】支持敌人的。(p292)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】怀敌意的。vipakkhika, vipakkhasevaka,【形】支援敌人的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipakkhika: {'def': '(adj.) [vipakkha+ika] 1. [vi+pakkha¹ 1] without wings J.I,429. -- 2. [vi+pakkha¹ 2] opposite, hostile Sdhp.71. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipakkhin: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+pakkhin] having no wings, without wings J.V,255. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipallattha: {'def': '【形】疯狂的，不正当的，心烦意乱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】疯狂的，不正当的，心烦意乱的。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [=Sk. viparyasta, pp. of vi+pari+as: see vipallāsa] changed, reversed, upset, deranged, corrupt, perverted. Occurs in two forms: vipariyattha J.V,372 (°cittaṁ: in poetry); and vipallattha Vism.20 (°citta: trslⁿ “with corrupt thought”; T. spells vipallatta, v. l. °attha); DhsA.253 (°gāha); PvA.212. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipallāsa: {'def': '[cp. Sk. viparyāsa, vi+pari+as (to throw). The diaeretic P. form (founded on Sk. is vipariyāsa; another bastard form is vipariyesa (q. v.)] reversal, change (esp. in a bad sense), inversion, perversion, derangement, corruption, distortion. -- The form vipariyāsa occurs at Vin.II,80 (citta-°kata, with deranged mind or wrong thoughts); J.I,344 (where it is expl^d by vipallāsa). Otherwise vipallāsa, e. g. Sn.299; Ps.II,80; Vism.214 (attha°); Nett 4, 27, 31, 85 sq., 115 sq.; DhA.II,228; PvA.7, 70. -- There are 3 kinds of vipallāsas, viz. saññā° perversion of perception, citta° of thought, diṭṭhi° of views; A.II,52; Nett 85; Vism.683. See the same under vipariyesa! (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】扰乱，腐败，颠倒。vipallāsanimitta﹐颠倒相，由於颠倒想而呈现的欺人之相。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】扰乱，腐败，颠倒。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipallāsayati: {'def': '[denom. fr. vipallāsa] to be deceived (about), to distort, to have or give a wrong notion (of) Nett 85. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipalāvita: {'def': '[vi+palāvita, pp. of Caus. of plu] made to float, floating, thrown out (into water) J.IV,259 (reads viplāvitaṁ)=I.326 (reads vipalāvitaṁ, with reading nipalāvitaṁ in C.). The C. at J.IV,259 expl^s as “uttārita,” so at J I 326 as “brought out of water,” fished out=thale ṭhapita, evidently incorrect. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipanna: {'def': '(vipajjati 的【过分】)。 ~diṭṭhī, 【形】邪见者。 ~sīla, 【形】在道德中出毛病的。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vipajjati 的【过分】) 已破毁。ācāravipanna,【形】破威仪的(犯舍堕、堕、悔过罪、恶作、恶说)。vipannadiṭṭhī, diṭṭhi-vipanna【形】破见的(破正见)。vipannasīla,【形】破戒的(破波罗夷戒pārājika、僧残saṅghādisesa)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vipajjati] gone wrong, having lost, failing in (-°), opp. sampanna: A.III,19 (rukkho sākhā-palāsa° a tree which has lost branches and leaves); Sn.116 (°diṭṭhi one who has wrong views, heretic; expl^d as “vinaṭṭha-sammādiṭṭhi” SnA 177); Miln.258 (su° thoroughly fallen). --sīla° gone wrong in morals, lacking morality Vin.I,63 (+ācāra°, diṭṭhi°); II,4 (id.); J.III,138 (vipanna-sīla). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipannatta: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vipanna] failure, misfortune Dhs.A 367. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viparakkamma: {'def': '(indecl.) [ger. of vi+parakkamati] 努力以赴(endeavouring strongly, with all one’s might)。SnA.II,386：Viparakkammāti atīva parakkamitvā,(努力以赴：极度的努力)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(indecl.) [ger. of vi+parakkamati] endeavouring strongly, with all one’s might Sn.425 (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viparibhinna: {'def': '[vi+paribhinna] (entirely) broken up M.I,296; S.IV,294. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viparivatta: {'def': '[vi+parivatta] changing or turning round, upset J.I,344 (lokassa °kāle). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viparivattana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. viparivattati] changing, change. reverse DhsA.367. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】变化，相反。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】变化，相反。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viparivattati: {'def': '(vi+pari+vat+a), 旋转，推翻。【过】viparivatti。【过分】viparivattita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + pari + vat + a), 旋转，推翻。【过】 ~vatti。【过分】~vattita。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+parivattati] to turn round, to upset J.IV,224 (nāvā °amānā capsizing); Miln.117; ThA.255. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipariyattha: {'def': 'in verse at J.V,372 is the poet. form of vipallattha (so the C. explⁿ). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipariyaya: {'def': '& Vipariyāya [vi+pariyaya] change, reversal DA.I,148 (ā); SnA 499; DhsA.253 (ā); Sdhp.124, 333. Cp. vipariyesa & vipallāsa. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipariyesa: {'def': '[a contamination form between °pariyaya & °pallāsa] reversal, contrariness, wrong state Kvu 306 (three reversals: saññā°, citta°, diṭṭhi°; or of perception, consciousness & views, cp. Kvu trslⁿ 176); Vbh.376 (id.). -- °gāha inverted grasp i. e. holding opposite views or “holding the contrary aim” (B. C. Law) Pug.22; DhsA.253 (=vipallattha-gāha). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipariyādikata: {'def': '(adj.) [vipariyāya+kata, with sound change y›d, viz. °āyi›°ādi] thrown out of its course, upset, destroyed Th.1, 184 (cittaṁ; cp. similar phrase vipariyatthaṁ cittaṁ J.V,372 -- The v. l. at Th.passage is vimariyādi°). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipariyāya: {'def': 'vipariyesa, 【阳】乖张，错误的情形，颠倒。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'vipariyesa,【阳】乖张，错误的情形，颠倒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipariṇata: {'def': '(vipariṇamati 的【过分】), 已背叛，已淫荡。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+pariṇata] changed, perverted Dhs.1038; Vbh.1, 3, 5 sq.; Miln.50. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi-pariṇata‹nam), 已变易，已背叛(changed, perverted)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipariṇāma: {'def': '(vi+pariṇāma),【阳】改变(change (for the worse), reverse, vicissitude (vipariṇāmadukkhatā)。avipariṇāma,没变( absence of change)。vipariṇāmadhamma﹐变易法(subject to change)。变易苦(vipariṇāmadukkha)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】改变。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+pariṇāma] change (for the worse), reverse, vicissitude D.III,216 (°dukkhatā); M.I,457 (also as “disappointment”); S.II,274; III,8; IV,7 sq., 67 sq.; A.II,177 (°dhamma subject to change); III,32; V,59 sq.; Vbh.379 (°dhamma); Vism.499 (°dukkha), 629 sq.; VbhA.93 (id.); PvA.60. -- a° absence of change, steadfastness D.I,18; III,31, 33; DhA.I,121. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipariṇāmeti: {'def': '(vi + pari + nam + e), 变革，改变。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~ṇāmita。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[denom. fr. vipariṇāma] to change, alter D.I,56 (T. °ṇamati; but DA.I,167 °ṇāmeti: sic for °ṇāmati!)=S.III,211; PvA.199. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+pari+nam+e), 变革，改变。【过】vipariṇāmesi。【过分】vipariṇāmita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viparāmosa: {'def': '(Viparāmāsa) [vi+parāmāsa, the form °mosa probably a distortion of °māsa] highway robbery D.I,5 (expl^d as twofold at DA.I,80, viz. hima° & gumba°, or hidden by the snow & a thicket; the pop. etym. given here is “janaṁ musanti,” i. e. they steal, or beguile people); III,176 (v. l. °māsa); A.II,209; V,206; S.V,473; Pug.58. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Viparāmāsa) [vi+parāmāsa, the form °mosa probably a distortion of °māsa] 拦劫(highway robbery) (expld as twofold at DA I.80, viz. hima° & gumba°, or hidden by the snow & a thicket; the pop. etym. given here is “janaṁ musanti,” i. e. they steal, or beguile people); (v. l. °māsa);.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viparāvatta: {'def': '[pp. of vi+parā+vṛt] reversed, changed D.I,8; M.II,3; S.III,12; V,419; DA.I,91. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viparīta: {'def': '【形】颠倒的，改变的，错误的。viparītā,【阴】对比的不同，对照之区别。opp. aviparīta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of vi+pari+i] reversed, changed; equivocal; wrong, upset A.III,114 (°dassana); IV,226 (id.); V,284; Th.2, 393; J.I,334; Kvu 307; Miln.285, 324; Nett 85 (°gāha), 126 (°saññā); PvA.244. -- aviparīta unequivocal, certain, distinct, definite A.V,268 (°dassana); Miln.214 (°vacana); PvA.231 (=sacca & yāthāva). (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】颠倒的，改变的，错误的。 ~tā, 【阴】对比的不同，对照之区别。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viparītatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. viparīta] contradistinction Vism.450 (tabbiparītatā). (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipassaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vipassati] qualified to win insight, contemplating, gifted with introspection S.II,232; Ps.I,167; Miln.342, 369; 393, VbhA.297. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】有内省的天分的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】有内省的天分的。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipassanupakkilesa: {'def': '(vipassañ-ūpakkhilesa), 观随染(corruption of insight) 。(Vism.pp.633-638)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '观随染[PS:vipassañ-ūpakkhilesa ; see Visudhimagga 清静道论 Pp. 633-638(底本)]', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Vipassanā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. vi+passati; BSk. vipaśyanā, e. g. Divy 44, 95, 264 etc.] inward vision, insight, intuition, introspection D.III,213, 273; S.IV,195, 360; V,52 (samatha+); A.I,61 (id.), 95; II,140, 157 (samatha+); IV,360; V,99, 131; Ps.I,28, 57 sq., 181; II,92 sq.; Pug.25; J.I,106; Dhs.55, 1356; Nett 7, 42 sq., 50, 82, 88 sq., 125 sq., 160, 191; Miln.16; Vism.2 (with jhāna etc.), 289 (+samādhi), 628 sq. (the 18 mahā°); PvA.14 (samāhita-citta°), 167; VvA.77; Sdhp.457, 466.

--aṅga constituent of intuition SnA 8 (given as “nāmarūpa-pariccheda etc.”). --upekkhā indifference by introspection Vism.162. --kammaṭṭhāna exercise for intuition DhA.IV,46. --ñāṇa ability or method of attaining insight Vism.629; DhA.IV,30; cp. Cpd. 65 sq., where 10 such modes. --dhura obligation of introspection DhA.I,8; IV,37 sq. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. vi+passati; 梵 vipawyanā),【阴】洞察力，内观，毘婆舍那毘钵舍那。毘钵舍那(inward vision, insight, intuition, introspection)。毘婆舍那(观禅)--即连续不断地观察五蕴、六处、六界等的无常(生灭)、苦、无我的现象，或随观集法及灭法(samudayavayadhammānupassī﹐即因缘生灭法)，它将渐次地引导由粗略到细腻的观察，所谓的「细腻」是观察到「究竟色法」(极微物质中的地、水、火、风等)、「究竟名法」(心法、心所法)，‘究竟’(paramattha)即分解至最终的状态。为了观察、辨别究竟色法、究竟名法的「自相」(sabhāva-lakkhaṇa自性相，各自的特质)，以及十二支「缘起」的因缘流转(一因缘之生是另一因缘生的条件)与还灭(一因缘之灭是另一因缘灭的条件)；也观察、辨别它们的「共相」(sāmañña-lakkhaṇa，指无常、苦、无我)。透过修习毘婆舍那而不被爱染、邪见牵引，最后体证究竟色法、名法灭尽而跃入「涅盘」。samathavipassanā, 止与观。vipassanāsamādhi, 观三摩地、观三昧。vipassanāṅga, 观的成份。vipassanupekkhā, 观舍(indifference by introspection Vism.162.)。vipassanākammaṭṭhāna, 观业处(exercise for intuition DhA.IV,46.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '〔内观或毘婆舍那〕，不断观察自身名色现象时，了知名色法真实本质的直观智慧。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}; {'def': '毗婆舍那, 内观(PS:vi 分;离;别;异;反 ===› passati 见;看出;知道 ===› vi-passati ===› vipassati)', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '【阴】洞察力，内观。 ~ñāṇa, 【中】内观智（达到洞察的能力）。~dhura, 【中】反省的义务。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipassanādhura: {'def': '【中】观的义务(obligation of introspection)。Suddhavipassanāyāniko﹐纯观乘者、纯观行者：未混杂修行奢摩他的观乘行者之意) (Vism. mahāṭīkā CS:p.2.351)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipassanāñāṇa: {'def': '【中】观智、内观智(达到洞察的能力ability or method of attaining insight)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipassati: {'def': '[vi+passati] to see clearly; to have intuition, to obtain spiritual insight D.III,196 (ye nibbutā loke yathābhūtaṁ vipassisuṁ, aor.); Th.1, 471; 2, 271 (vipassi for °passasi); Sn.1115; J.III,183 (pabbajitvā vipassitvā arahattaṁ pāpuṇiṁsu). (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+dis指出(梵paw观) +a), 以慧观，有直觉。【过】vipassi。【独】vipassitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + dis + a), 以慧观，有直觉。【过】 vipassi。【独】 ~sitvā。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipassi: {'def': '(梵Vipawyi)﹐毘婆尸佛，又作毘尸佛、鞞婆尸佛、维卫佛；意为胜观佛、净观佛、胜见佛，为过去七佛之第一佛。即过去庄严劫中出现之佛。《大史》谓此佛乃以燃灯佛为首的二十四佛中之第十九佛。根据《长部14经》(大本经)所载，此佛出世於过去九十一劫前，其时人寿八万岁，为刹帝利种，此佛於波波罗树(pāṭali)下成道。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipassin: {'def': '(fr. vipassati),【阳】【形】有内观的天份(gifted with insight, wise. A.IV,244; Sn.349; It.2=7)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. Vipaśyin] 毘婆尸 [過去七仏の第一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vipassati] gifted with insight, wise A.IV,244; Sn.349; It.2=7. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipassī: {'def': '维巴西佛（毗婆尸佛）。九十一大劫以前的维巴西佛；
在《长部·大传记经》中说：
“诸比库，距今九十一劫以前，维巴西世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者曾出现于世。”（D.14）', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '（诸佛名）维巴西，（古音译：）毗婆尸，毗钵尸', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '【阳】有内观的天分的。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipatati: {'def': 'see vipāṭeti ². (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipatha: {'def': '【阳】邪道，错误的路径。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+patha] wrong way or course Vv 50¹⁰ (=apatha VvA.212). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】邪道，错误的路径。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipatti: {'def': '(f.) [vi+patti²] wrong state, false manifestation, failure, misfortune (opp. sampatti) Vin.I,171 (ācāra° failure of morality); A.I,270 (ājīva°); IV,26, 160 (atta°, para°); Ps.I,122; J.VI,292; Nett 126 (the 3 vipattiyo: sīla°, diṭṭhi°, ācāra°); DhA.I,16 (sīla°) DA.I,235. ‹-› Often in pair diṭṭhi° wrong view, heresy, & sīla° moral failure: D.II,213; A.I,95, 268, 270; Vin.V,98; Vbh.361; Dhs.1361. -- payoga° wrong application PvA.117, 136 (opp. °sampatti). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】失败，不幸，苦恼，出毛病。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】失败，不幸，苦恼，出毛病。vipattisampadā﹐缺损。DA.2./I,235.︰Kā vipattīti yā tasseva sīlassa ca ājīvassa ca vipatti, ayamassa vipatti. Api ca yāya esa caṇḍālo ceva hoti, malañca patikuṭṭho ca, sāpissa vipattīti veditabbā. Te ca atthato assaddhiyādayo pañca dhammā honti. Yathāha-- “pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato upāsako upāsakacaṇḍālo ca hoti, upāsakamalañca, upāsakapatikuṭṭho ca. Katamehi pañcahi? (1)Assaddho hoti, (2)dussīlo hoti, (3)kotūhalamaṅgaliko hoti, (4)maṅgalaṁ pacceti, no kammaṁ, (5)ito ca bahiddhā dakkhiṇeyyaṁ pariyesati, tattha ca pubbakāraṁ karotī”ti (A.5.175./III,206.).(什么是他的失坏？他的戒失坏和活命失坏(买卖︰(1)武器、(2)有情、(3)肉、(4)酒类、(5)毒品)是他的失坏。再者，当知使他成为贱民(旃陀罗Caṇḍala)、垢秽及卑劣的也是他的失坏。从义上，即他们没有信等五法。如说：『诸比丘！具足五法的在家信徒成为贱民的在家信徒、垢秽的在家信徒和卑劣的在家信徒。是哪五种？(1)没有信；(2)恶戒；(3)迷信徴兆；(4)相信祥瑞，而不是业；(5)以及从此(佛教)之外寻求应施者，并先为该处服务。』)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipañcanā: {'def': '& Vipañciyati: see under vipañcita. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipañcita: {'def': '[fr. vi+pañc, cp. papañcita] only in phrase °ññū either: knowing diffuseness or detail, or: of unillusioned understanding, clear-minded, unprejudiced, comb^d with ugghaṭita-ññū at A.II,135=Pug.41 (trsl^d by B. C. Law as “learning by exposition”; PugA 223 expl^s as “vitthāritaṁ atthaṁ jānāti,” i. e. one who knows a matter expl^d in detail. The spelling at A.II,135 is vipacita°; at Pug.41 vipaccita° & at PugA vipaccita°, with v. l. vipañcita°); Nett 7 sq., 125; SnA 163 (where ugghaṭita-ññū is applied to those who understand by condensed instruction, saṅkhepa-desanāya, and vipañcita-ññū to those who need a detailed one, vitthāradesanā; thus “learning by diffuseness”). -- At Nett 9 we have the var. terms vipañcanā, vipañcayati & vipañciyati (denom. ) used in the description of var. ways of parsing and grammatical analysis. Here vipañcanā (resting clearly on Sk. papañca expansion) means “expanding” (by letters & vowels) and stands midway between ugghaṭanā & vitthāraṇā “condensing & detailing.” The term vipañcayati (=vipañciyati) is used in the same way. -- Note. The term is not sufficiently cleared up. It occurs in BSk. as vipañcika (e. g. Divy 319, 391, 475, where it is appl^d to “brāhmaṇā naimittikā” & trsl^d by Cowell as “sooth-sayer”), and vipañcanaka (Divy 548?), with which cp. vipañcitājña at Lal. Vist. 520. See remark on vejjañjanika. (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipaṇeti: {'def': '[vi+Caus. of paṇati] to sell, to trade (with) J.IV,363 (=vikkiṇati C.). (Page 626)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viphala: {'def': '【形】不结果的，无利益的。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+phala] fruitless, useless Sdhp.527. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不结果的，无利益的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipina: {'def': '(nt.) [cp. *Sk. vipina, Halāyudha 2, 55] wood, grove D.I,248 (doubtful; vv. ll. vijina, vivada, vivana); Ap 51 (vv. ll. vivana, vicina; C. vivana & vipina); Dāvs.IV,39; PvA.81 (read vicitta!). (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】森林。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】森林。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipiṭṭhi: {'def': '[vi+piṭṭhi] in phrase vipiṭṭhi-katvā(na) Sn.67 & 362, to turn one’s back on (Acc.), to leave behind, to abandon; cp. piṭṭhito karoti. The explⁿ at Nd² 580 is pahāna etc.; at SnA 119 piṭṭhito katvā. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipiṭṭhikatvā: {'def': '【独】背弃了，抛弃了，(把某事)搁置了一边。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【独】背弃了，抛弃了，（把某事）搁置了一边。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vippa: {'def': '【阳】婆罗门。 ~kula。【中】婆罗门阶级。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】婆罗门。vippakula。【中】婆罗门阶级。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vippahita: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+pahita²] sending out in all directions, message J.III,386 (dūta°). (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippahāna: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+pahāna] leaving, abandoning, giving up S.I,39=Sn.1109; Sn.1097; J.VI,260; Miln.181. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippahīna: {'def': '【形】抛弃的，移走的。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】抛弃的，移走的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vippajahati] given up, abandoned S.I,99; A.V,16, 29 sq.; Sn.360, 362. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippajahati: {'def': '(vi + pa + ha + a), 放弃。【过】 ~jahi。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+pajahati] to give up, to abandon Sn.817 (inf. °pahātave), 926 (Pot. °pajahe); ger. °pahāya Sn.367, 499, 514; J.I,87. -- pp. vippahīna. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+pa+ha+a), 放弃。【过】vippajahi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vippakaroti: {'def': '[vi+pa+kṛ] to ill-treat, abuse Vin.II,133. ‹-› pp. vippakata. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippakata: {'def': '【形】未完成的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】未完成的。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vippakaroti; vi+pakata] 1. imperfectly executed, left unfinished, interrupted D.I,2 (cp. Dh.I,49); Vin.II,172, 243, 304; IV,279; A.II,196; J.I,120. -- 2. done wrongly J.V,214. -- At Vin.IV,358 (in Bdhgh’s remarks on Pāc. 26, 1) we find vippagatamedhuna as inaccurate spelling for vippakata-methuna (“interrupted intercourse”). (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippakirati: {'def': '[vi+pakirati] 1. to strew all over PvA.92. ‹-› 2. to confound, destroy J.II,398. -- pp. vippakiṇṇa. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+pa+kir散+a), 到处撒，把…搞混，破坏。【过】vippakiri。【独】vippakiritvā。Valañjeti (valaj +e), SA.42.9./III,107.︰Vikiratīti ayogena vaḷañjento vippakirati.(路遗︰不小心路上丢掉。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + pa + kir + a), 到处撒满，把…搞混，破坏。【过】 ~kiri。【独】 ~kiritvā。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vippakiṇṇa: {'def': '[pp. of vippakirati] strewn all over, beset with, sprinkled (with) J.II,240; VI,42; DhA.I,140; DA.I,40; VvA.36. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Vippakirati的【过分】) 搞混，破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vippakiṇṇatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. vippakiṇṇa] the fact of being beset or endowed (with) Vism.8. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippakkamati: {'def': '[vi+pakkamati] to part company, to go away Vin.IV,284. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippakāra: {'def': '【阳】变化，变更。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+pakāra] change, mutation, alteration J.VI,370; DhA.I,28; VvA.46. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】变化，变更。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vippalambheti: {'def': '[vi+palambheti] to deceive, mock DA.I,151; ThA.78. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippalapati: {'def': '(vi+pa+lap唠叨+a), 悲叹，哀悼(to talk confusedly (as in one’s sleep), to chatter, wail, lament)。【过】vippalapi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+palapati] to talk confusedly (as in one’s sleep), to chatter, wail, lament Vin.I,15; S.IV,303; J.I,61; III,217; IV,167; DhA.II,100; PvA.40, 93. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + pa + lap + a), 悲叹，哀悼。【过】 ~lapi。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vippalujjati: {'def': '(vi + pa + luj + a), 破碎，被破坏。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+pa+luj +a), 破碎，被破坏(to be broken up, to be destroyed)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+palujjati] to be broken up, to be destroyed Nd¹ 5. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippalāpa: {'def': '【阳】混乱的谈话，悲叹。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】混乱的谈话，悲叹(confused talk, wailing)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+palāpa] confused talk, wailing Ps.I,38; PvA.18. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippamokkha: {'def': '[vi+pamokkha] release, deliverance S.I,154; J.V,27. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippamutta: {'def': '[vi+pamutta] S.I,4, 29, 50; III,31, 83; IV,11; A.I,10; II,34; Sn.176, 218, 363, 472, 492, 501, 913; J.I,84; Vv 20⁴≈29¹⁰; Nd¹ 331, 336. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+pamutta),【过分】已释放，已解脱，已解救(released, set free, saved)。S.1.9./I,4.：sucetaso sabbadhi vippamutto((阿罗汉)善心者在一切处已彻底解脱)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vippamuttu: {'def': '【过分】已释放，已解脱，已解救。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vippanaṭṭha: {'def': '[vi+pp. of panassati] strayed, lost, perished Vv 84⁹=84⁴⁴ (=magga-sammūḷha VvA.337); J.IV,139; V,70; VI,525; Miln.326. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippasanna: {'def': '(Vippasīdati的【过分】), 已非常清楚，已纯粹，已明亮。AA.11.16./V,83.︰Mukhavaṇṇo vippasīdatīti bandhanā pavuttatālapakkaṁ viya cassa vippasannavaṇṇaṁ mukhaṁ hoti.(容颜有光(脸色非常明净)︰如(熟了)脱落的多罗果(tālapakka椰子)，如明亮的容貌。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+pasanna] (quite) purified, clear; happy, bright, pure, sinless Vin.III,88 (°chavivaṇṇa); S.I,32 (cetas); III,2, 235; IV,118, 294; V,301; A.III,41, 236; Sn.637; Dh.82, 413 (=pasanna-citta DhA.IV,192); Pv.I,10¹⁰ (=suṭṭhu pasanna); II,9³⁵; Vism.262 (where KhA reads pasanna only); DhA.II,127; DA.I,221. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippasukkhati: {'def': '[vi+pa+sukkhati] to dry up entirely J.V,106. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippasādeti: {'def': '[Caus. of vippasīdati] to purify, cleanse Sn.506. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippasīdati: {'def': '[vi+pasīdati] to become bright; fig. to be reconciled or pleased, to be satisfied or happy Dh.82; J.I,51; PvA.122 (mukha-vaṇṇa). Caus. vippasādeti. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + pa + sad + a), 变成清楚，变得明亮，欢喜。【过】 ~sīdi。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+pa+sad坐+a), 变成清楚，变得明亮，欢喜。【过】vippasīdi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vippataccheti: {'def': '[vi+pa+taccheti] to scratch open or apart M.I,506. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippavadati: {'def': '[vi+pavadati] to dispute, disagree J.IV,163; VI,267. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippavasati: {'def': '(vi+pa+vas住+a), 缺席，离家。【过】vippavasi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+pavasati] to go from home, to be away from (Abl.), to be absent Sn.1138 (=apeti apagacchati vinā hoti Nd² 582); J.IV,51, 439. -- pp. vippavuttha. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + pa + vas + a), 缺席，离家。【过】 ~vasi。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vippaviddha: {'def': '[pp. of vippavijjhati, vi+pa+vyadh] pierced through and through J.I,61. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippavuttha: {'def': '(vippavasati 的【过分】), 已缺席，已离家。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vippavasati 的【过分】), 已缺席，已离家。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of vippavasati] absent; °sati neglectful DhA.I,239. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippavāsa: {'def': '【阳】缺席，住在国外。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】缺席，住在国外。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+pavāsa] absence; in sati° absence of mind, neglect, absentmindedness, thoughtlessness J.I,410; SnA 339; a° thoughtfulness, mindfulness Vin.V,216; Sn.1142; J.IV,92. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippayoga: {'def': '【阳】分离(separation)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】分离。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+payoga] separation Sn.41; PvA.161 (piya°). (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippayutta: {'def': '(vi+payutta),【过分】已分开(separated)。Dhs.(PTS:#1192.；CS:1198)︰Katame dhammā cittavippayuttā? Sabbañca rūpaṁ, asaṅkhatā ca dhātu-- ime dhammā cittavippayuttā. Cittaṁ na vattabbaṁ-- cittena sampayuttantipi, cittena vippayuttantipi.(什么是「心不相应法」？一切色与无为界，这些法为「心不相应」。(这些法)不适合说为「心」--也(不适合说)「与心相应」，也(不适合说)「与心不相应」。)(PTS:#1515.；CS:1532.)Katame dhammā cittavippayuttā? Rūpañca, nibbānañca-- ime dhammā cittavippayuttā. Cittaṁ na vattabbaṁ-- cittena sampayuttantipi, cittena vippayuttantipi.(什么是「心不相应法」？色与涅盘，这些法为「心不相应」。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已分开。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+payutta] separated S.II,173 (visaṁyutta+); Sn.914 (or °mutta). --°paccaya the relation of dissociation Tikp 6, 53 sq., 65; Vism.539. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippaṭikkula: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+paṭikkūla] contrary, antagonistic Dhs.1325=Pug.20. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippaṭipajjati: {'def': '[vi+paṭipajjati. Cp. BSk. vipratipadyate Divy 293] to go astray; fig. to err, fail; to commit sin Vin.III,166; S.I,73; J.I,438. -- pp. vippaṭipanna. ‹-› Caus. vippaṭipādeti. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + paṭi + pad + ya), 犯错，失败，干坏事。【过】 ~pajji。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+paṭi+pad去+ya), 犯错，失败，干坏事。【过】vippaṭipajji。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vippaṭipanna: {'def': '(vippaṭipajjati 的【过分】), 已犯错，已出毛病。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of vippaṭipajjati] “on the wrong track,” going or gone astray, committing sin Pv IV.1⁵⁹ (°citta=adhammiyaṁ paṭipadaṁ paṭipanna PvA.242). (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vippaṭipajjati 的【过分】), 已犯错，已出毛病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vippaṭipatti: {'def': '【阴】犯错，犯戒。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】犯错，犯戒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [vi+paṭipatti] wrong way, error, sin Vism.511. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippaṭipādeti: {'def': '[Caus. of vippaṭipajjati] to cause to commit sin (esp. adultery) Vin.III,40. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippaṭisāra: {'def': '[vi+paṭisāra] bad conscience, remorse, regret, repentance Vin.II,250; D.I,138; S.III,120, 125; IV,46; A.III,166, 197, 353; IV,69; J.IV,12; V,88; Pug.62; DhA.IV,42; VvA.116; PvA.14, 60, 105, 152. -- a° no regret, no remorse A.III,46. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+paṭisāra),【阳】懊悔，后悔(bad conscience, remorse, regret, repentance)。vippaṭisārī,【形】懊悔的，后悔的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】懊悔，后悔。 ~sārī, 【形】懊悔的，后悔的。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vippaṭisārin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vippaṭisāra; cp. BSk. vipratisārin Divy 322, 638] remorseful, regretful, repentant S.III,125; IV,133, 320 sq., 359 sq.; A.III,165 sq.; IV,244, 390; J.I,200; Miln.10, 285; Tikp 321, 346. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphala: {'def': '(or is it pipphala?)=phala at J.VI,518. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphalati: {'def': '[vi+phalati] (intrs.) to split open, to burst asunder: so read at J.V,33, 493 (for vipatati); Pv IV.1⁴⁶ (for vipāteti); see detail under vipāṭeti. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphandana: {'def': '【中】扭动，翻滚，挣扎。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】扭动，翻滚，挣扎。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipphandati: {'def': '(vi+phand +a), 努力，翻腾。【过】vipphandi。【过分】vipphandita。【独】vipphanditvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + phand + a), 努力，翻腾。【过】 ~ndi。【过分】 ~dita。【独】 ~ditvā。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+phandati; cp. BSk. vispandati Jtm 11 to twitch, writhe, struggle Vv 52¹⁶ (52¹⁴ Ha.); J.IV,495 -- pp. vipphandita. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphandita: {'def': '(nt.) [pp. of vipphandati] “writhing,” twitching, struggle M.I,446; S.II,62; -- (fig.) in diṭṭhi° comb^d with visūkāyita) “scuffling of opinion” (Mrs. Rh. D.), sceptical agitation, worry & writhing (cp. Dial. I.53) M.I,8, 486; S.I,123 (here without diṭṭhi°; the C. explⁿ is “hatthirājavaṇṇa sappavaṇṇ’ādidassa nāni” K.S. I.320); Dhs.381; Pug.22. (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphoṭita: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+phoṭita: see phoṭa, cp. BSk. visphoṭa open Divy 603] burst open (of a boil) Th.1, 306. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphuliṅga: {'def': '【中】火花。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】火花。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Vipphurati: {'def': '(vi + phur + a), 振动，战栗，散播。【过】 ~uri。【过分】 ~rita。【现分】 ~ranta。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+phurati: see pharati] to vibrate, tremble, quiver, fly asunder, diffuse J.I,51; SnA 225; VvA.12 (vijjotamāna vipphurato). (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+phur +a), 振动，战栗，散播。【过】vipphuri。【过分】vipphurita。【现分】vipphuranta。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vipphuraṇa: {'def': '【中】扩散。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】扩散。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [vi+phuraṇa=pharaṇa] spreading out, effulgence, pervasion VvA.277. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphāleti: {'def': '[vi+sphar: cp. phālita 1. It is not=vi+ phāleti] to expand, to bend or draw the bow J.VI,580. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphālita: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+phālita 2] split open, cut to pieces PvA.152 (su°; so read for vipphalita); Sdhp.188 (°aṅga). (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphāra: {'def': '【阳】散布，扩散。 ~rika, 【形】散开的。 ~rita, 【过分】已扩大，已散开。(p294)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】散布，扩散。vipphārika,【形】散开的。vipphārita,【过分】已扩大，已散开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. vi+pharati 1 or 2] diffusion, pervasion, (adj.) pervading, spreading out A.I,171 (vitakka-vip phāra-sadda, cp. Kvu trslⁿ 241), 206 (mahājutika mahā vipphāra); IV,252; Ps.I,112 sq.; II,174; J.III,12 (mahā° +mahājutika); V,150 (id.); Miln.230 & 270 (vacī° dilating in talk), 130, 346; Vism.42; DA.I,192; VvA.103 (mahā°+mahājutika); PvA.178 (karuṇā°). (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphāravant: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vipphāra, cp. pharati 1 & vipphurati] possessing vibration DhsA.115=Vism.142. (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphārika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vi+pharati 2] spreading out (in effulgence) VvA.5 (mahā°). (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipphārita: {'def': '[pp. of Caus. vi+pharati] expanded Dāvs.V,34 (°akkhi-yugala, both eyes wide open). (Page 629)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vippita: {'def': 'at J.VI,185 is to be read cipiṭa (“flat”). (Page 628)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipubbaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. vi+pubba¹] full of corruption or matter, festering (said of a dead body). The contemplation (saññā) of a festering corpse is one of the asubhakammaṭṭhānas. -- M.I,58, 88; III,91; A.III,324. ‹-› As °saññā: A.II,17; V,310; Dhs.264; Nett 27; Miln.102, 332; Vism.110, 178, 193. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipula: {'def': '【形】广泛的，很棒的，大的。 ~tā, 【阴】 ~tta, 【中】充裕，过度，广阔。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. vipula] large, extensive, great, abundant. The word is poetical. -- D.III,150; A.I,45 (°paññatā); Sn.41, 675, 687, 978, 994; Th.1, 588; Nd¹ 581 (=adhimatta); Vv 67⁶ (=mahanta VvA.290); Ap 40; Pv.II,1¹⁸; II,4⁹; II,9⁶⁹ (=ulāra PvA.139); Miln.164, 311, 404; PvA.7, 76; Sdhp.271. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】广泛的，很棒的，大的。vipulatā,【阴】vipulatta,【中】充裕，过度，广阔。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viputta: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+putta] without a son, bereft of his son J.V,106. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipāceti: {'def': '[Caus. of vi+pac, or distorted fr. vivāceti?] to become annoyed, to get angry (lit. to get heated): this meaning as trslⁿ of vi+pac, although not quite correct, as pac means to “ripen” and is not ordinarily used of heated conditions. Since the word is not sufficiently cleared up, we refrain from a detailed discussion concerning possible explanations. It may suffice to point out that it occurs only in Vinaya (and in one sporadic passage S.I,232) in standing combⁿ ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti, expressing annoyance or irritation about something; e. g. Vin.I,191; II,85, 291; IV,64. The corresponding BSk. phrase is avadhyāyati dhriyati [to resist, dhṛ] vivācayati, e. g. Divy 492. It is not quite clear which of the two versions is the older one. There may be underlying a misunderstood (dial.) phrase which was changed by popular analogy. The BSk. phrase seems a priori the more intelligible one; if we take vipāceti=vivāceti, we should translate it as “to speak disparagingly.” Mrs. Rh. D at K.S. I.296 trsl^s as “were vexed and fretted and consumed with indignation. “ -- See remarks under khīyati & cp. vipaccatā. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipāka: {'def': '(‹vi异+ pac(梵pac)熟﹑煮),【阳】果报，结果，报应。古译：毘播迦(此云异熟识。‘毘’者异也，‘播迦‘熟义。T.43.298.1)。vipākacitta, 果报心。AA.4.77./III,109.：Kammavipākoti diṭṭhadhammavedanīyādīnaṁ kammānaṁ vipāko.(业的果报：现世(后生)业等的果报。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】果报，结果，业报。(p293)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. vi+pac] fruit, fruition, product; always in pregnant meaning of “result, effect, consequence (of one’s action),” either as good & meritorious (kusala) or bad & detrimental (akusala). Hence “retribution” (kamma°), reward or punishment. See on term e. g. Dhs. trslⁿ introd.² XCIII; Cpd. 43. 249. -- D.III,150, 160, 176 sq.; S.I,34, 57, 92 (kammassa); II,128 (compar. vipākatara), 255 (id.); IV,186 sq., 348 sq.; A.I,48, 97 (sukha°, dukkha°), 134 (kamma°), 263; II,34 (agga), 80, 112; III,35, 172 (dānassa), 410 sq. (kāmānaṁ etc.), 436; IV, 303 (kamma°); V,251; Sn.653 (kamma°); Ps.II,79 (dukkha°); Pv.I,9¹; I,10⁷ & passim; Pug.13, 21; Dhs.431, 497, 987; Vbh.16 sq., 73, 319, 326 sq., 334 (sukha°); Kvu 353 sq., 464 (kamma & vipāka); Nett 99, 161, 180 sq.; Tikp 27 (fourfold), 44, 48, 50, 292 (a° & sa°), 328 sq. (°tika), 350 sq.; Dukp 17; Vism.177, 454 (fourfold), 456 (°viññāṇa), 538 (°paccaya), 545 sq.; VbhA.17, 150 sq. (kusala° & akusala), 144, 177, 391; PvA.50, 73, 77; Sdhp.12, 73, 197, 235. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipākatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. vipāka] state of being ripe PvA.52. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipāḷiyati: {'def': 'see vipāṭeti². (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vipāṭeti: {'def': '[vi+pāṭeti] 1. to rip or tear open Vin.II,115. ‹-› 2. to be destroyed, to fall to pieces (cp. pāṭeti & Pass. pāṭiyati in sense of “destroy”) Pv IV.1⁴⁶ (saṅghāṭiyo vipātayanti T.; vv. ll. vināsayati & vidālayati; PvA.240 expl^s as Pass. vipāḷiyati [=vipaṭiyati?] with v. l. vidāliyati); J.V,33 (reads: muddhā vipphaleyya sattadhā: perhaps the best reading), 493 (muddhā vipateyya [sic] sattadhā). See vipphalati. (Page 627)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viracayati: {'def': '(vi + rac + ya), 组成，集合。【过】 viraci, viracayi。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+rac+ya), 组成，集合。【过】viraci, viracayi。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viracita: {'def': '(Viracayati的【过分】) 组成，集合。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+racita] 1. put together, composed, made VvA.14, 183. -- 2. ornamented ThA.257; VvA.188. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viraddha: {'def': '(virajjhati 的【过分】), 已失败，已错过。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of virajjhati] failed, missed, neglecte S.V,23 (ariyo maggo v.), 179 (satipaṭṭhānā viraddhā 254, 294; Nd¹ 512; J.I,174, 490; II,384; IV,71, 497; Nett 132. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(virajjhati 的【过分】), 已失败，已错过。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viraddhi: {'def': '(f.) (missing, failure?) at Vin.I,359 is uncertain reading. The vv. ll. are visuddhi, visandi & visandhi, with expl^ns “viddhaṭṭhāna” & “viraddhaṭṭhāna”: see p. 395. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viraha: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+raho] empty, rid of, bar, without PvA.137, 139 (sīla°). (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】分离，空虚。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】分离，空虚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Virahita: {'def': '【形】空的，摆脱的，免除的，没有的。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】空的，摆脱的，免除的，没有的，空空如也。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [vi+rahita] empty, exempt from, rid of, without Miln.330 (dosa°); PvA.139. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viraja: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+rajo] free from defilement or passion, stainless, faultless Vin.I,294 (āgamma maggaṁ virajaṁ); Sn.139, 520, 636, 1105 (see exegesis at Nd² 590); Pv III,3⁶ (=vigata-raja, niddosa PvA.189); DhA.IV,142, 187; DA.I,237. Often in phrase virajaṁ vītamalaṁ dhamma-cakkhuṁ udapādi “there arose in him the stainless eye of the Arahant,” e. g. Vin.I,16; S.IV,47. --virajaṁ (+asokaṁ) padaṁ “the stainless (+painless) element” is another expression for Nibbāna, e. g. S.IV,210; A.IV,157, 160; It.37, 46; Vv 16⁹; similarly ṭhānaṁ (for padaṁ) Pv.II,3³³ (=sagga PvA.89). (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无瑕疵的，无污秽的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】无瑕疵的，无污秽的。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Virajjaka: {'def': '(adj.) [vi+rajja+ka] separated from one’s kingdom, living in a foreign country VvA.336. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virajjana: {'def': '【中】丢弃，自心中摒除享乐。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹virajjati; cp. rajjana),【中】丢弃，摒除(peng3 ti5(并池))，自心中摒除享乐(discolouring)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. virajjati; cp. rajjana] discolouring J.III,148 (rajjana+). (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virajjati: {'def': '[vi+rajjati] to detach oneself, to free oneself of passion, to show lack of interest in (Loc.). S.II,94, 125 (nibbindaṁ [ppr.] virajjati); III,46, 189; IV,2, 86; A.V,3; Sn.739=S.IV,205 (tattha); Th.1, 247; Sn.813 (na rajjati na virajjati), 853; Nd¹ 138, 237; Miln.245; Sdhp.613. -- pp. viratta. -- Caus. virājeti to put away, to estrange (Acc.) from (Loc.), to cleanse (oneself) of passion (Loc.), to purify, to discard as rāga D.II,51; S.I,16=Sn.171 (ettha chandaṁ v.=vinetvā viddhaṁsetvā SnA 213); S.IV,17=Kvu 178; A.II,196 (rajanīyesu dhammesu cittaṁ v.); Sn.139, 203; Th.1, 282; Pv.II,13¹⁹ (itthi-cittaṁ=viratta-citta PvA.168); ThA.49; DhA.I,327 (itthi-bhāve chandaṁ v. to give up desire for femininity). -- pp. virājita. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + rad + ya), 脱离，显示缺乏兴趣。【过】 ~jji。【过分】 viratta。【独】 ~jjitvā。【现分】 ~jamāna。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+raj+ya；cp. Sk. rajyati, raj or rañj, Med. of rajati), 脱离，显示缺乏兴趣(to detach oneself, to free oneself of passion, to show lack of interest in)。【过】virajji。【过分】viratta, virājita。【独】virajjitvā。【现分】virajjamāna。caus. virājeti。chandaṁ v. to give up desire for femininity). -- pp. a.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Virajjhati: {'def': '(vi + rādh + ya), 失败，错过，失去。【过】 ~jjhi。【过分】 vi-raddha。【独】 ~jhitvā。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+rādh+ya；cp. Sk. virādhyati), 失败，错过，失去。【过】virajjhi。【过分】viraddha。【独】virajjhitvā。caus. virādheti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+rādh; cp. Sk. virādhyati: see rādheti¹] to fail, miss, lose S.IV,117; J.I,17, 490 (aor. virajjhi); II,432 (id.); PvA.59. -- pp. viraddha. -- Caus. virādheti (q. v.). (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virala: {'def': 'Viraḷa(connected with Vedic rtē excluding, without, & nirrti perishing),【形】稀疏的，稀罕的，瘦的( sparse, rare, thin)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(& Viraḷa) (adj.) [connected with Vedic ṛtē excluding, without, & nirṛti perishing; cp. also Gr. e)ρhmos lonely; Lat. rarus=rare] 1. sparse, rare, thin Th.2, 254 (of hair, expl^d as vilūna-kesa ThA.210, i. e. almost bald; spelling ḷ); DhsA.238 (ḷ); DhA.I,122 (°cchanna thinly covered); PvA.4 (in ratta-vaṇṇa-virala-mālā read better with v. l. as ratta-kaṇavīra-mālā, cp. J.III,59). (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】稀疏的，稀罕的，瘦的。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viralita: {'def': 'Viraḷita,(pp. of denom. of virala=viraleti, cp. Sk. viralāyate to be rare)薄的，稀少的，稀有的(thin, sparse, rare)。【反】aviralita。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of denom. of virala=viraleti, cp. Sk. viralāyate to be rare] thin, sparse, rare Dāvs.IV,24 (a°), with v. l. viraḷita. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viramana: {'def': '【中】节制，放弃。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viramati: {'def': '(vi+ram+a), 自制，节制，停止，离(to stop, cease; to desist (Abl.), abstain, refrain)。【过】virami。【现分】viramanta。【独】viramitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+ramati] to stop, cease; to desist (Abl.), abstain, refrain Sn.400 (Pot. °meyya), 828 (Pot. °me), 925; Nd¹ 168, 376; Th.2, 397 (aor. viramāsi, cp. Geiger, P.Gr. § 165¹); Pv IV.3⁵⁵ (pāpadassanaṁ, Acc.); Miln.85; PvA.204. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + ram + a), 自制，节制，停止。【过】 virami。【现分】 viramanta。【独】 viramitvā。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viramaṇa: {'def': '(‹viramati),【中】节制，放弃(abstinence, abstaining from)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) (-°) [fr. viramati] abstinence, abstaining from (-°) Mhvs 14, 48 (uccā-seyyā°). (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virandha: {'def': '[vi+randha²] opening; defect, flaw Nd¹ 165. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virata: {'def': '[pp. of viramati] abstaining from (Abl.) Sn.59, 531, 704, 900, 1070; Nd¹ 314; Nd² 591; VvA.72; Sdhp.338. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(viramati 的【过分】), 已避免。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(viramati 的【过分】), 已避免。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Virati: {'def': '【阴】节制。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [vi+rati] abstinence Mhvs 20, 58. The three viratis given at DA.I,305 (=veramaṇī) are sampatta°, samādāna°, setughāta° (q. v.). Cp. DhsA.154 (tisso viratiyo), 218; Sdhp.215, 341 & Cpd. 244, n. 2. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '‹vi+ram喜悦), (vi-rati=verramaṇī)【阴】离。离心所(virati cetasika)，即正语(sammāvācā)、正业(sammākammanta)、正命(sammā-ājīva)，离邪语、邪业、邪命时，才会产生此心所。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viratta: {'def': '(virajjati 的【过分】), 已离染。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(virajjati 的【过分】), 已不冲动，已不执着。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of virajjati] dispassioned, free from passion, detached, unattached to, displeased with (Loc.) S.III,45 (rūpadhātuyā cittaṁ virattaṁ vimuttaṁ); Sn.204 (chandarāga°), 235 (°citta āyatike bhavasmiṁ); A.V,3, 313; J.V,233 (mayi); Sdhp.613. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virava: {'def': 'virāva, 【阳】（鸟、兽等的）啼叫声，吼，呼喊。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'virāva(vi+rava & rāva; cp. Vedic virava),【阳】(鸟、兽等的)啼叫声，吼，呼喊。mahāvirava, 放声大哭。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(& °rāva) [vi+rava & rāva; cp. Vedic virava] shouting out, roaring; crying (of animals) J.I,25, 74 (ā), 203 (of elephants); V,9 (ā, of swans). (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viravana: {'def': '【中】参考 Virava。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】(鸟、兽等的)啼叫声，吼，呼喊。参考 Virava。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viravati: {'def': '(vi + rav + a), 大声地啼，呼喊，出声叫。【过】 viravi。【现分】~vanta。【独】 ~vitvā。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+rav+a), 大声地啼，呼喊，出声叫。【过】viravi。【现分】viravanta。【独】viravitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+ravati] 1. to shout (out), to cry aloud; to utter a cry or sound (of animals) J.II,350 (kikī sakuṇo viravi); V,206; Mhvs 12, 49 (mahārāvaṁ viraviṁsu mahājanā); PvA.154, 217, 245 (vissaraṁ), 279 (id.); Sdhp.179, 188, 291. -- 2. to rattle J.I,51. -- Caus. virāveti to sound Mhvs 21, 15 (ghaṇṭaṁ to ring a bell). (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viraṇa: {'def': '(adj. nt.) [vi+raṇa] without fight or harm, peace Sdhp.579. (Page 633)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virecana: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+recana, ric] purging, a purgative Vin.I,206 (°ṁ pātuṁ to drink a p.), 279 (id.); D.I,12; A.V,218; J.III,48 (sineha° an oily or softening purgative); DA.I,98. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virecaniya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. formation fr. virecana] (one who is) to be treated with a purgative Miln.169. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Vireceti: {'def': '[vi+Caus. of riñcati] to purge Miln.229, 335. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + rec + e), （使）通便。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 virecita。【独】~cetvā。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+rec+e), (使)通便。【过】virecesi。【过分】virecita。【独】virecetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Vireka: {'def': '【阳】virecana,【中】下痢，泻剂。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '=virecana; Miln.134 (cp. Vin.I,279). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 virecana, 【中】通便，泻剂。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Viriccamāna: {'def': '(Viriccati的【现分】), 正在净化。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viriccati: {'def': '(vireceti 的【被】), 被净化。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Pass. of vi+riñcati] to get purged D.II,128 (ppr. viriccamāna). -- pp. viritta. -- Cp. vireka. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vireceti 的【被】), 被净化。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viritta: {'def': '[pp. of viriccati] purged Miln.214. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Viriccamāna的【过分】), 已净化。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viriya: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. vīra; cp. Vedic vīrya & vīria] lit. “state of a strong man,” i. e. vigour, energy, effort, exertion. On term see also Dhs. trslⁿ § 13; Cpd. 242. -- D.III,113, 120 sq., 255 sq.; S.II,132, 206 sq.; Sn.79, 184, 353, 422, 531, 966, 1026 (chanda°); Nd¹ 476, 487; Nd² 394; J.I,178 (viriyaṁ karoti, with Loc.); Pug.71; Vbh.10; Nett 16, 28; Tikp 60, 63; Miln.36; Vism.160 (°upekkhā), 462; KhA 96; SnA 489; DhA.IV,231; DA.I,63; DhsA.120; VvA.14; PvA.98, 129; Sdhp.343, 517. ‹-› accāraddha° too much exertion M.III,159; A.III,375; opp. atilīna° too little ibid; uṭṭhāna° initiative or rousing energy S.I,21, 217; A.III,76; IV,282; ThA.267; PvA.129; nara° manly strength J.IV,478, 487. --viriyaṁ āra(m)bhati to put forth energy, to make an effort S.II,28; IV,125; V,9, 244 sq.; A.I,39, 282, 296; II,15= IV.462. -- As adj. (-°) in alīna° alert, energetic J.I,22; āraddha° full of energy, putting forth energy, strenuous S.I,53, 166, 198; II,29, 207 sq.; IV,224; V,225; A.I,4, 12; II,76, 228 sq.; III,65, 127; IV,85, 229, 291, 357; V,93, 95, 153, 335; J.I,110; ossaṭṭha° one who has given up effort J.I,110; hīna° lacking in energy It.34 (here as vīriya, in metre). -- v. is one of the indriyas, the balas & the sambojjhaṅgas (q. v.).

--ârambha “putting forth of energy,” application of exertion, will, energy, resolution D.III,252; S.II,202; IV,175; A.I,12; III,117; IV,15 sq., 280; V,123 sq.; Ps.I,103 sq.; Vbh.107, 194, 208; DhsA.145, 146. --indriya the faculty of energy D.III,239, 278; S.V,196 sq.; Dhs.13; Vbh.123; Nett 7, 15, 19; VbhA.276. --bala the power of energy D.III,229, 253; A.IV,363; J.I,109. --saṁvara restraint by will Vism.7; SnA 8; DhsA.351. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】精进，能源，努力，力量。 ~bala, 【中】精进力。 ~vantu, 【形】精力充沛的。 ~samatā, 【阴】能源的缓和。 ~ārambha, 【阳】发奋。~yindriya, 【中】精进根。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Vīriya)精进、努力。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}; {'def': '﹐Vīriya (‹vīra英雄) ( vīriya(‹vīra英雄‹aj去+īr移动, vi取代aj)；energy ),【中】精进，努力，勇悍。viriyabala,【中】精进力、勇悍力。viriyavantu,【形】精力充沛的。viriyasamatā,【阴】能源的缓和。viriyārambha,【阳】发奋。viriyindriya,【中】精进根、勇悍根。SA.45.8.：Vīriyaṁ ārabhatīti vīriyaṁ pavatteti.(发勤精进：转起精进)。āraddhavīriya﹐发勤精进。DhsA.CS:p.163︰Vīrassa bhāvo vīriyaṁ, vīrānaṁ vā kammaṁ vīriyaṁ. Vidhinā vā nayena upāyena īrayitabbaṁ pavattayitabbanti vīriyaṁ.(英雄的气慨，为‘精进’，或诸英雄的作为，为‘精进’。或依适当的方法，或依理，依方便，当激起，当转起精进。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '精进;勤', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Viriyatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. viriya] manliness, energy, strength M.I,19; VvA.284. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viriyavant: {'def': '(adj.) [viriya+vant] energetic A.I,236; Sn.528, 531 (four-syllabic), 548 (three-syllabic); Vism.3 (=ātāpin); Sdhp.475. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virocana: {'def': '【中】光亮。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】光亮。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Virocati: {'def': '(vi + ruc + a), 照耀，使灿烂。【过】 viroci。【现分】 ~camāna。【独】~citvā。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+rocati] to shine (forth), to be brilliant Vin.II,296 (tapati, bhāsati, v.); Sn.378, 550; It.64 (virocare); J.I,18, 89; IV,233; Pv.I,11⁴; II,9⁶²; III,3⁵ (=virājati PvA.189); DhA.I,446; IV,143; DhsA.14; PvA.110 (°amāna=sobhamāna), 136 sq., 157. Cp. verocana. ‹-› Caus. viroceti to illumine Miln.336. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+ruc发光+a), 照耀，使灿烂。【过】viroci。【现分】virocamāna。【独】virocitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Viroceti: {'def': '(virocati 的【使】), 照明。【过】virocesi。【过分】virocita。【独】virocetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(virocati 的【使】), 照明。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~cita。【独】 ~cetvā。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Virodha: {'def': '【阳】 virodhana, 【中】反对派，矛盾，障碍。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[vi+rodha¹] obstruction, hindrance, opposition, enmity S.I,111; IV,71, 210; Sn.362; Pug.18, 22; Kvu 485; Miln.394; DhsA.39. --avirodha absence of obstruction, gentleness M.II,105=Th.1, 875; Pv III,7³. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+rodha1障碍)【阳】virodhana,【中】障碍(obstruction, hindrance)，反对(opposition)，敌对(enmity)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Virodhana: {'def': '(adj. nt.) [fr. virodheti] opposing, obstruction, opposition, contradiction, only neg. a° absence of opposition, J.III,274, 320, 412; V,378. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virodheti: {'def': '[Caus. of virundhati] to cause obstruction, to render hostile, to be in disharmony, to exasperate S.IV,379=A.V,320 (which latter passage reads viggaṇhati instead); Sdhp.45, 496. -- pp. virodhita. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi+rudh成长+e), 使怀敌意，使障碍。【过】viroesi。【过分】virodhita。【独】virodhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(vi + rudh + e), 使怀敌意，使障碍。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~dhita。【独】 ~dhetvā。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Virodhita: {'def': '[pp. of virodheti] obstructed, rendered hostile Pgdp 90 (or is it virādhita?). (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virosanā: {'def': '(f.) [vi+rosanā] causing anger Vbh.86; VbhA.75. (Page 635)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Viruddha: {'def': '[pp. of virundhati] hindered, obstructed, disturbed S.I,236; Sn.248, 630; Nd¹ 239; Miln.99, 310; J.I,97. -- Often neg. a° unobstructed, free S.I,236; IV,71; A.III,276 (°ka); Dh.406; Sn.365, 704, 854; VbhA.148=Vism.543.

--gabbha-karaṇa (using charms for) procuring abortion D.I,11; DA.I,96 (expl^d here as first trying to destroy the fœtus and afterwards giving medicine for its preservation). See also viruta. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Virujjhati的【过分】), 已反对，已对立，已怀敌意。viruddhatā,【阴】敌意，反对派。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Virujaka: {'def': '(vīṇā°) lute-player J.VI,51 (=vīṇā-vādaka C.). See rujaka. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virujjhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. virujjhati] obstructing or being obstructed, obstruction, J.VI,448. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virujjhati: {'def': '[vi+rujjhati] to be obstructed Sn.73 (avirujjhamāna unobstructed); J.VI,12. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(vi + rudh + ya), 反对，怀敌意。【过】 ~jjhi。【过分】 viruddha。【现分】 ~jjhanta。【独】 ~jhitvā。(p297)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+rudh成长+ya), 反对，怀敌意。【过】virujjhi。【过分】viruddha。【现分】virujjhanta。【独】virujhitvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Virukkha: {'def': 'm. =Virūpakkha.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Viruta: {'def': '(nt.) [vi+ruta] noise, sound (of animals), cry Sn.927; expl^d as “virudaṁ [spelling with d, like ruda for ruta] vuccati-miga-cakkaṁ; miga-cakka-pāthakā [i. e. experts in the ways of animals; knowers of auspices] migacakkaṁ ādisanti” at Nd¹ 382; and as “mig’ādīnaṁ vassitaṁ” at SnA 564. The passage is a little doubtful, when we compare the expression viruṭañ ca gabbhakaraṇaṁ at Sn.927 with the passage viruddha-gabbhakaraṇaṁ at D.I,11 (cp. DA.I,96), which seems more original. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virādhanā: {'def': '【阴】失败。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. virādheti] failing, failure D.II,287; A.V,211 sq. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】失败。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Virādheti: {'def': '(vi + radh + e), 错过，省略，失败。【过】 ~esi。【过分】 ~dhita。【独】 ~dhetvā。(p296)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(vi+radh+e), 错过，省略，失败。【过】virādhesi。【过分】virādhita。【独】virādhetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[vi+rādheti¹, or Caus. of virajjhati] to miss, omit, fail, transgress, sin Sn.899; Th.1, 37, 1113 virāye for virādhaya C., may be virāge, cp. Brethren 375² & see virāgeti); Nd¹ 312; J.I,113; Ap. 47; PvA.59. -- Cp. virageti. -- pp. virādhita. (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Virādhita: {'def': '[pp. of virādheti] failed, missed, lost J.V,400; Pv IV.1³ (=pariccatta C.). (Page 634)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

【經文資訊】
【原始資料】原始资料皆来自网络
【其他事項】本資料庫可自由免費流通，詳細內容請參閱【中華電子佛典協會資料庫版權宣告】